UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017February 3, 2018

(Fiscal 2016)2017)

 

Commission File Number 01-34219

 

DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

04-2623104

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 

555 Turnpike Street, Canton, MA

 

02021

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(781) 828-9300

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

Title of each class

 

 

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K(§229.405 of this chapter)  is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large"large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”" "accelerated filer," "non-accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

  (Do

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reportingEmerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes      No  

As of July 30, 2016,29, 2017, the aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $121.6$67.5 million, based on the last reported sale price on that date. Shares of Common Stock held by each executive officer and director and by each personcertain persons who ownsown 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded on the basis that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily determinative for other purposes.

The registrant had 49,988,65548,759,404 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of March 17, 2017.16, 2018.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 20172018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 


 

DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

 

 

Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K

Year Ended January 28, 2017February 3, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

 

3

 

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

12

 

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

19

 

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

19

 

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

21

 

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

21

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

22

 

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

24

 

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

2726

 

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

4138

 

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

4239

 

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

7168

 

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

7168

 

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

7270

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

7371

 

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

7371

 

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

7371

 

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

7371

 

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

7371

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

7472

 

Item 16.

 

Form 10-K Summary

 

7472

 

 

 

Signatures

 

7977

 

 

 

 


PART I.

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) constitute “forward-looking statements,” including forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “continue,” “believe,” “expect” or “anticipate” or the negatives thereof, variations thereon or similar terminology. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are generally located under the headings “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” but may be found in other locations as well, and include statements regarding cash flows, gross profit margins, store counts, capital expenditures, marketing spend, depreciation, sales and earnings expectations for fiscal 20172018, the expected impact of marketing initiatives in fiscal 2018, the timing of identifying and beyond.hiring a successor CEO and the expected use of cash from operations in fiscal 2018. These forward-looking statements generally relate to plans and objectives for future operations and are based upon management’s reasonable estimates of future results or trends. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that the objectives or plans of the Company will be achieved. Numerous factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, risks relating to the execution of our corporate strategy and ability to grow our market share, and those risks and uncertainties set forth below under Item 1A, Risk Factors. Readers are encouraged to review these risks and uncertainties carefully.

These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of the document in which they are made. We disclaim any obligation or undertaking to provide any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement to reflect any change in its expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances in which the forward-looking statement is based.

Item 1. Business

Destination XL Group, Inc., together with ourits subsidiaries (the “Company”), is the largest specialty retailer of big & tall men’s apparel with retail and direct operationslocations in the United States, London, England and London, England.Toronto, Canada. We operate under the trade names of Destination XL®, DXL®, DXL Men’s Apparel, DXL outlets, Casual Male XL®, Casual Male XL outlets, Rochester Clothing, ShoesXL® and LivingXL®. We operate 192212 DXL retail stores, 1314 DXL outlet stores, 9778 Casual Male XL retail stores, 3633 Casual Male XL outlet stores and 5 Rochester Clothing stores. OurWe also operate a direct business includes ourat DestinationXL.com, and bigandtall.com e-commerce sites which supportalso supports our stores, brands and product extensions. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” and “the Company” refer to Destination XL Group, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries. We refer to our fiscal years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 as “fiscal 2016”2017”, “fiscal 2015”2016” and “fiscal 2014,2015,” respectively. Fiscal 2017 was a 53-week year and fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 were 52-week years.

OUR INDUSTRY

We believe that the men’sThe big & tall men’s apparel market which includes pants with a waist size of 42” and greater, as well as tops sized 1XL and greater, generates approximately $3.5 billion to $4.0 billion in sales annually and represents approximately 11% of the overall men’s apparel business.greater. Growth in this segment has historically been driven by rapidly changing market demographics. We estimate that our market share in fiscal 2016 was approximately 12%. We believe that we can increase our market share by catering to the broader target market, attracting customers from various income, age and lifestyle segments and offering the widest selection of sizes and styles that fit well. An opportunity also exists for market share growth from the lower-size range of our market, that is, men in thewith a 38”-46” to 46” waist size.size, which we define as our “end-of-rack” customers. These sizes are usually at the high end of the size range for most men’s apparel retailers and, as a result, the selection is usually limited at such retailers.

HISTORY

Our Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1976 under the name Designs, Inc. Until fiscal 1995, we operated exclusively in Levi Strauss & Co. branded apparel mall and outlet stores. In May 2002, we acquired the Casual Male business from Casual Male Corp. at a bankruptcy court-ordered auction. At the time of the acquisition, Casual Male was the largest specialty retailer of men’s clothing in the big & tall market in the United States. As a result of the acquisition, on August 8, 2002, we changed our name to “Casual Male Retail Group, Inc.”

Through fiscal 2010, we primarily operated Casual Male XL retail stores, Casual Male XL outlet stores and Rochester Clothing stores, along with the associated websites and catalogs. We catered to all customers through these three store formats, from our value-oriented customer (Casual Male XL outlets) to our luxury-oriented customer (Rochester Clothing stores). During that year, we tested a new store concept, Destination XL (“DXL”). The DXL store concept merged all of our existing brands under one roof, offering our customers a superior shopping environment with an extensive assortment of product and an increased presence of name brands, without having to shop multiple stores. In addition to offering our customers a wide assortment, we also wanted to provide them with an outstanding anda unique shopping experience. We are focused on providing outstanding customer service through our DXL stores, with everything from larger fitting rooms to professional, trained associates providing both personal attention and on-site tailoring. With the initial success of this store format, we then made a


similar change to our e-commerce business in fiscal 2011 when we


launched our DestinationXL.com website which, like our DXL store, merged all of our previous websites into one consolidated e-commerce site providing our customers the ability to cross-shop our brands easily.

As part of our new direction, in December 2012, we changed our NASDAQ stock ticker symbol to “DXLG” followed by a changeand in February 2013 ofwe changed our corporate name to “Destination XL Group, Inc.”

BUSINESS STRATEGY

In fiscal 2012,Over the past seven years, we beganhave gradually transitioned the transitionmajority of our store base from our Casual Male XL retail and Rochester Clothing stores to our DXL Men’s Apparel store format.  Initially,With over 225 DXL retail and outlet stores throughout the United States and two in Canada, we envisioned that this transition would take three years.  Based on the performancehave substantially completed our build-out of the initial DXL stores, we accelerated the pace in fiscal 2013, closing over 100 Casual Male XL and Rochester Clothing stores and opening 51new DXL stores.  This accelerated pace created unexpected hurdles for usrepresents a turning point in converting our existing customer base to the new DXL stores, which negatively impacted our sales.  As a result, in fiscal 2014, we opted to revise our strategy to slow the paceevolution of our transitionCompany as the capital investment required to take advantage ofbuild out new stores becomes significantly less.  We have now reached the point where our existing Casual Male XL stores to help transition ourfocus heading into fiscal 2018 is on customer base. We also introduced a smaller DXL store format, which has allowed us to penetrate smaller markets that we originally thought were too small for a DXL store,acquisition, customer retention and a DXL outlet store format.  In fiscal 2015, we completed a market opportunity study of our existing store portfolio, including the smaller DXL store format and outlet store format, and believe that there is opportunity for additional growth beyond what was initially identified when we began the rollout in fiscal 2012.

During fiscal 2016, we opened our 200th store and, at fiscal year end, we had 192 DXL stores and 13 DXL outlet stores, with a DXL presence in every major metropolitan market in the continental United States.

With the bulk of the Casual Male XL to DXL store transition behind us, in addition to our efforts to maintain the strong in-store experience which our customers enjoy, we are now focusing our efforts oncustomer re-activation, through improving traffic to our stores and growingenhancing the customer’s experience with our e-commerce business with emphasisdirect business. We are focused on increasingthe following four key ongoing initiatives and strategies:

Increasing Store Productivity: Our store productivity metrics, such as dollars per transaction and conversion, have increased year-over-year, but we believe there is further opportunity to capture more customers and greater share of their wallets.  One of our biggest challenges in recent years has been driving year-over-year increases in traffic to our stores.  During fiscal 2018, we expect to launch a new television marketing campaign to create an emotional connection to our brand awareness and our customer base. Based ongenerate a market study we commissioned in 2016, 6 out of 10 potential customers do not know who we are.greater motivation to visit a store.  We also experienced a slight decreasecontinue to invest in our brand awareness in fiscal 2016store selling associates and foster a decrease inculture of XL style with every customer who walks through our door.  We are also working to improve point-of–sale technology to make it easier and faster for our associates to access and sell inventory outside of the store’s four walls.

With respect to our remaining Casual Male XL retail and outlet stores, we are currently testing a DXL remodel approach as opposed to closing the Casual Male XL store traffic inand opening a DXL store nearby.  In the second half of fiscal 2016, which2017, we converted two Casual Male XL stores to DXL stores and are tracking the results. If successful, we may have resulted in part fromcontinue to convert some of the remaining Casual Male XL stores over time.  The majority of our decisionCasual Male XL stores are profitable and can continue to coexist with DXL if we choose not to conduct a Fall/holiday media marketing campaign.  As a result,pursue further remodels; however, we do expect to close certain low volume Casual Male XL retail and outlet stores as lease terms expire.  

Growing our Direct Business: Our direct business represented approximately 21.0% of our total sales in fiscal 2017 we will be revitalizing our marketing program, through a combination of media and digital strategies, including efforts to improve communications with our existing customers through personalization and more targeted mailings.  We expect to increase our marketing spend in fiscal 2017 to help create and drive traffic to our stores and e-commerce sites.

While we believe market opportunity exists to support a strategy of opening 30-40 DXL stores per year, given the current weaknessreached 23.1% in the retail environment, we are taking a more measured approach to storefourth quarter, demonstrating the potential for rapid growth in fiscal 2017.  In some markets, wherethis sales channel. We are committed to providing a Casual Male XL store performs well, we may lookfirst-class, online experience that allows our customers to extend its leaseshop anytime, anywhere, on any device while providing a short-term basis insteadlevel of replacing it with a DXL store at expiration, allowing us timeservice and customization similar to securewhat they would receive in our stores.  During the right location for a DXL store.  As such, we currently expect to open 19 DXL retail stores and 1 DXL outlet store in fiscal 2017.  We currently anticipate that beyondlatter half of fiscal 2017, we will continue to open stores at a slower pace for the foreseeable future.  

International Growth

In additionmade several foundational enhancements to our Rochester Clothing store locatedwebsite to improve the overall shopping experience.  We have observed a discernable traffic migration from desktop to mobile navigation on our e-commerce site, consistent with the expected increased use of smartphones and tablets by consumers in London, England,general. Because we target a very broad and diverse customer base, we believe it is critical to segment our customer base and communicate with our customers on a personal level.  We are enabling new functionality that will allow us to tailor our messaging to specific customers, based on their buying patterns.

Expanding our reach through third party marketplaces such as Amazon is also a key initiative for us to grow our direct business.  Marketplaces provide us with an opportunity to acquire new customers who are not familiar with our brand.  We have one franchised DXL storebeen selling on Amazon marketplace for several years and have just recently begun to participate in Amazon’s seller-fulfilled Prime program.

Focusing on the Customer:  We are constantly striving to do a better job of acquiring, retaining and reactivating XL customers.  Our primary tool for customer acquisition is our annual marketing campaign. For 2018, we expect to run two flights:  6 weeks in the Middle East atSpring and 5 weeks in the Symphony Mall in Kuwait City, Kuwait, which was opened in fiscal 2014 pursuant to a franchise agreement with The Standard Arabian Business & Enterprises Company (SABECO).

Fall.  Based on our experience to date,testing that we have performed, we believe that the international big & tall marketmost effective marketing campaign for the target XL customer is currently underservedone that sparks an emotional connection with our brand.  We will continue to glean insights from previous campaigns and based onmodify our future campaigns in an effort to connect with target customers and communicate the successbrand’s benefits and why our target customers should shop with us.

We have a loyal customer base, with approximately 93% of our DXL concepttransactions processed through our loyalty program.  Our customer response rates from loyalty offers are increasing, and the loyalty program allows us to communicate to our best customers in a manner that has a more exclusive look and feel and is an important tool for retention. We saw encouraging customer response to our loyalty perks in the U.S.fourth quarter of 2017, and the positive customer response forwe hope to build off of that progress in fiscal 2018 and motivate our Kuwait City franchised store, we see an opportunity for growth internationally in the future.existing customers to visit and shop more often and spend a greater share of their wallets with us.  

In the spring of fiscal 2017, we are opening two DXL stores in Toronto, Canada. These will be the first DXL brand stores operated by the Company outside of the United States.


Marketing our Merchandise Assortment: Our good, better, best merchandise assortment strategy has been a cornerstone of our business.  We have over 100 designer brands and a strong private label offering and we are able to customize the merchandise selection for every store. Our growth of the “end-of-rack” customer, which we define as customers with waist size 38” to 46”, is bringing in a younger, smaller-waist customer, who spends more and shops more often.  We are responding to the demands of this  new customer with our new “What’s on Tap” fashion-forward-product line which brings the newest fashion trends to our stores with limited lead times. In addition, where in the past lead time prevented us from replenishing in season, we are now able to react within 30 to 45 days.  We are also looking at opportunities to deliver more fashion product to our smaller DXL stores that until now have been primarily assorted with core product.  A key initiative of our marketing campaigns in 2018 will be messaging to our customers the quality, fit and breadth of our merchandise offerings.

OUR BUSINESS

We operate as an omni-channel retailer.retailer of big & tall men’s apparel.  Through our multiple brands, which include both branded apparel and private-label, we offer a broad range of merchandise at varying price points, catering from the value-oriented customer to the luxury-oriented customer. Our objective is to appeal to all of our customers by providing a good, better, best array of product assortments in all primary lifestyles with multiple and convenient ways to shop.


Our DXL retail stores and e-commerce site cater to all income demographics and offer our customers merchandise in allto fit a variety of lifestyles from casual to business, young to mature, in all price ranges and in all large sizes from XL and up. In addition, our e-commerce site includes a complete offering of shoes in sizes 10W to 18W.  Our Casual Male XL stores primarily carry moderately pricedmoderate-priced branded and private label casual sportswear and dresswear, while our Rochester Clothing stores carry fine quality, designer and branded menswear. We also operate Casual Male XL outlets and DXL outlets for our value-oriented consumer.  In addition to our stores, we operate our Destination XL e-commerce site which is similar to our DXL store concept and offers a brand range of merchandise at each price point, including a complete offering of shoes.   customer.  

Another criticalimportant part of our business operation is managing the number of sizes offered to our customers and optimizing our in-stock position throughout each season. Our best-selling pant has 5749 size combinations as compared to an average retailer who may only have 15 different size combinations.  We maintain a consolidated inventory across all channels which enablesthat enable us to manage our in-stock position of all sizes effectively, ultimately improving customer service. Moreover, our planning and allocation methodologies, with respect to store assortment planning, help to optimize each location’s market potential without excessive inventory levels.

MERCHANDISE

A vital component of our business strategy is toWe offer our customers a broad assortment of apparel that is appropriate to our diverse customer base. Regardless of our customers’ age, socioeconomic status, or lifestyle preference, we are able to assemble a wardrobe to fit our customers’ apparel needs. In addition, weWe offer such assortments in private-label product, balanced with an array of brand name labels. With over 5,000 styles available, we carry tops in sizes up to 8XL and 6XLT,8XLT, bottoms with waist sizes 38” to 66”70”, and shoes in sizes 10W to 18.18W. In addition, we added to our product assortment a smaller fit XL and XLT to appeal to our target “end-of-rack” customer.

Our stores are merchandised to showcase entire outfits by lifestyle, including traditional, active, denim, young men’s, dress wear and contemporary. This format allows us to merchandise key items and seasonal goods in prominent displays and makes coordinating outfits easier for the customer while encouraging multi-item purchases. This lifestyle layout also allows us to manage store space and product assortment more effectively in each market to target local demographics. The key item strategy is also fully integrated by lifestyle, allowing us to focus on merchandise presentation and offer our customers a compelling value proposition.

Merchandise assortments in our DXL stores are organized not only by lifestyle, but within each lifestyle, the assortments are shown in a “good”, “better”, “best” and “luxury” visual presentation, again to benefit our customers’ ease of shopping. With the “best” merchandise assortments featured most prominently in the DXL store, our customers are able to visualize current fashion trends and easily select their wardrobes within their desired price points in a convenient manner.

We carry several well-known national brands of merchandise (“branded apparel”) as well as a number of our own private-label lines within our “good”, “better”, “best” and “luxury” price points.  The penetration of branded apparel in our DXL stores can range from 15% to 80%, depending on several factors, but on average, our DXL stores carry approximately 47%50% branded merchandise.  

Higher-End Luxury Fashion Apparel -“Best” and “Luxury” Merchandise

Within this higher-end price range, we carry a broad selection of quality apparel from well-known branded manufacturers such as, Bogosse®, Brooks Brothers®, The North Face®, Gran Sasso®, John Laing®, Remy, Psycho Bunny®, Derek Rose, Brioni®, Coppley, Eton®, Hickey Freeman®, Jack Victor®, Lucky, Michael Kors®, Pantherella®, Paul & Shark, JOE’S® Jeans, Robert Graham®, Robert Talbot, St. Hillaire, Ted Baker®, Tulliani, True Religion®, Turnbull & Asser®, Robert Barakett®, MVP®, and David Donahue.Donahue®.


Moderate-Priced Apparel -“Better” Merchandise

We offer our customer an extensive selection of quality sportswear and dress clothing at moderate prices carrying such well-known brands such as: Junk FoodBuffalo Jeans®, Rainforest, Brooks Brothers®, O’Neill®, Retro Brand, Cutter & Buck®, Levis®, Adidas® Golf, Columbia, Berne®, Carhartt®, Callaway®, CK Jeans®, CK Sport®,  Jockey®, Lacoste®, Majestic, Polo Ralph Lauren®, Tommy Bahama®, Tommy Hilfiger®, and Tallia® and Trafalger®.

In addition, we carry several moderate-priced private-label lines:

Twenty Eight Degrees™ is targeted as a contemporary/modern line offering sportswear and loungewear.

Society of One is a jeanswear brand catering to the needs of the fashion denim customer.

Rochester is a line that targets traditional luxury styles. We also offer a complete selection of sportcoats, dress shirts and neckwear under our Rochester Black Label private label.

What’s On Tap is a fashion brand offering customers the newest fashion trends with speed to market execution.  The line offers our customers the opportunity to wear the newest fashion trend before other big and tall retailers offer similar fashions.

 


Value-Priced Apparel -“Good” Merchandise

For our value-oriented customers, we carry Geoffrey Beene®, Cubavera, Nautica® and Nautica Jeans®, Dockers, Lee, Perry Ellis, Wrangler, Reebok and PX Clothing. In addition we carry several value-priced private label lines:

 

Harbor Bay® was our first proprietary brand and it is a traditional line whichthat continues to represent a significant portion of our business, specifically in terms of our core basic merchandise.

Gold Series™ is our core performance offering of tailored-related separates, blazers, dress slacks, dress shirts and neckwear that blends comfort features such as stretch, stain resistance and wrinkle-free fabricationsfabrics with basic wardrobe essentials.

Synrgy™ targets the customer looking for a contemporary/modern look.

 

Oak Hill® is a premier line catering to those customers looking for slightly more style and quality than our Harbor Bay line but still in a traditional lifestyle.

 

True Nation® is a denim-inspired line consisting of vintage-screen t-shirts and wovens and is geared towards our younger customers.

 

Island Passport® is an island-inspired line of camp shirts, printed woven shirts and relaxed island-inspired pants.

RETAIL CHANNEL

Destination XL storesStores (“DXL”)

Our DXL store concept brings all of our brands together in one format. Within this format, we can cater to our very diverse customer group,base, with merchandise representing all price points, from our luxury brands to value-oriented brands, and all lifestyles, from business to denim.  The size of our current DXL stores, which contain almost triple the product assortments of a Casual Male XL store, currently averages 8,0007,800 square feet, but is expected to decrease closer to 7,500 square feet as we open future DXL stores.  As discussed above, infeet.  Since fiscal 2014, we beganhave been opening smaller (5,000-6,500 square feet) DXL stores.  Because the size of these stores is smaller, they carry a smaller product offering than our other DXL stores but are representative of the “good, better, best” merchandise variety. The locations ofWe seek to locate our DXL stores are also an essential aspect of our roll-out. We seek locations where our storesin places that are highly visible, preferably adjacent to regional malls or other high-traffic shopping areas.

With our largerOur DXL store format, we are able tostores provide our customers a spacious store with up to three times the product offering of a Casual Male XL store. The merchandise in our DXL stores is organized by lifestyle: active, traditional, modern and denim with a representation of all of our brands and price points, utilizing a “good, better, best” pricing structure. Depending on the customers in each respective market, we can adjust the appropriate mix of merchandise, with varying selections from each of our price points, to cater to each demographic market. This larger store format also provides us the footprint necessary to carry a complete offering of dress wear, including tailored and “made-to-measure” custom clothing, as well as a selection of shoes in extended sizes and a broad assortment of accessories such as belts, ties, and socks.

During fiscal 2016,2017, we opened 26 DXL retail stores and 4 DXL outlet stores, bringing our store count at January 28, 2017 to 192 DXL retail stores and 13 DXL outlet stores. For fiscal 2016, the average sales per square foot for our DXL retail stores increased to $180 as compared to $177 for fiscal 2015 and $165 for fiscal 2014. Once a DXL store matures, which we believe is five years, we expect sales will be approximately $200-220 per square foot. For fiscal 2016, we had 49 DXL retail stores that had sales greater than $200 per square foot.  For fiscal 2017, we plan to open 1920 DXL retail stores and 1 DXL outlet store, resulting in approximately 225bringing our store count at February 3, 2018 to 212 DXL retail stores and 14 DXL outlet stores. This includes two DXL retail stores operating atwhich opened in Toronto, Canada during the endfirst quarter of fiscal 2017.

  For fiscal 2018, we plan to open two DXL retail stores and one DXL outlet store, and to remodel two Casual Male XL retail stores to DXL retail stores.  


Casual Male XL Retail Stores

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we operated 9778 Casual Male XL full-price retail stores, located primarily in strip centers, power centers or stand-alone locations. The majority of the merchandise carried in our Casual Male XL stores is moderate-priced basic or fashion-neutral items, such as jeans, casual slacks, t-shirts, polo shirts, dress shirts and suit separates. These stores also carry a full complement of our “better” private label collections. The average Casual Male XL retail store is approximately 3,5003,400 square feet.

DXL outletOutlet /Casual Male XL outlet storesOutlet Stores

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we operated 3633 Casual Male XL and 1314 DXL outlet stores designed to offer a wide range of casual clothing for the big & tall customer at prices that are generally 20-25% lower than our moderate-priced merchandise. Much of the merchandise in our outlet stores is offered with the purchasing interests of the value-oriented customer in mind. In addition to private-label and branded merchandise at our “good” price tier, our outlets also carry clearance product obtained from DXL, Casual Male XL and Rochester Clothing stores, offering the outlet customer the ability to purchase branded and fashion product for a reduced price. As we


open our DXL stores, we expect the mix of branded product flowing into the outlets to increase to approximately 30% as we move inventory out of our DXL stores to keep it current while enhancing the branded presence in our outlets.

The average Casual Male XL outlet store is approximately 3,100 square feet and the average DXL outlet is approximately 5,0005,100 square feet.  

Rochester Clothing storesStores

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we operated 5 Rochester Clothing stores, located in major cities in the United States and one store in London, England. The Rochester Clothing stores have a wide selection of our “best” merchandise which consists primarily of high-end merchandise from well-recognized brands. In addition, thethese stores also carry a few private-label lines especiallythat are specifically designed for our high-end customer. The average Rochester Clothing store is approximately 10,000 square feet. Although some of

International

In addition to our Rochester Clothing stores will close overstore located in London, England, we also have one franchised DXL store in the next fewMiddle East at the Symphony Mall in Kuwait City, Kuwait, which was opened in fiscal years as2014 pursuant to a franchise agreement with The Standard Arabian Business & Enterprises Company (SABECO).  

In the spring of fiscal 2017, we openopened two DXL stores in Toronto, Canada. These are the same geographicalfirst DXL brand stores operated by the Company outside of the United States. We believe that Canada provides a strategic growth opportunity for our DXL brand. We believe that the international big & tall men’s apparel market is currently underserved and we currently expect that 3 of our high-traffic Rochester Clothing stores will remain open.continue to consider and evaluate opportunities for international growth in the future.  

DIRECT CHANNEL

Our direct business, which consists primarily of our e-commerce business, is a vital part of our growing omni-channel business approach, allowing us to service our customers whether it beis in-person at a store, over the telephone, or online via a computer, smartphone or tablet. Our direct business bridges that gap for usenables the omni-channel approach by encouraging and expecting our store associates to use our e-commerce sites to help fulfill our customers’ clothing needs. If a wider selection of a lifestyle, color or size of an item is not available in our store, then our store associates can order the item for our customer through our direct channel and have it shipped to the store or directly to the customer. Our customers also have the ability to order online and pick-up in store on the same day.

With the ability to showcase all of our store inventories online, we are seeing an increase in the number of transactions that are initiated online but are ultimately completed in store.  Until fiscal 2014,In addition, our direct customer was limitedstores are able to inventory available in our centralized distribution center but we can now fulfill from the storean order for an item that is out-of-stock in our warehouse.  This capability has not only resulted in incremental sales, but it has also helped us reduce clearance merchandise at the store level and improve long-termmanage margins.

Destination XL® E-Commerce Site

In fiscal 2013, we combined all of our then-existing web addresses: www.casualmalexl.com, www.rochesterclothing.com, www.btdirect.com, www.livingxl.com and www.shoesxl.comaddresses and redirected our userscustomers to our new comprehensivethe Destination XL website.website, keeping the individual landing pages for the respective sites.  As part of our initiative to streamline and simplify the shopping experience for our customers, in the third quarter of fiscal 2017 we launched a redesign of our website, which included folding the individual landing pages into a single www.destinationxl.com landing page. Our redesigned website offers our customers a unique online experience, incorporating the visual merchandising and customer service expertise from our brick and mortar stores. Similar to our DXL store concept, our www.destinationxl.com website allows our customers to conveniently shop across all of our brands and product extensions with ease and brings all of our customers to one website.  Our customers were previously classified as a “Rochester” customer or a “Casual Male” customer.  Now, our customers are all “DXL” customers, which no longer limits a customer’s ability to access our full product assortment.extensions.  

From the Destination XL homepage, customers


Customers can search across all of our brands and, similar to our stores, shop merchandise from value-oriented to luxury price points.  In addition, a customer can tailor their search using our “size profile.”  Our Destination XL website also offers a complete line of men’s footwear in extended sizes, offering our customers a full range of footwear in hard-to-find sizes.  Although our DXL stores all have a selection of footwear available, we are able to offer a full assortment of sizes and styles through our website.  The assortment is a reflection of our apparel, with a broad assortmentselection from moderate to luxury and from casual to formal. We currently have a selection of more than 600 styles of shoes, ranging in sizes from 10W to 18M and widths up to 6E.18W. We carry a number of designer brands including Cole Haan®, Allen Edmonds®, Timberland®, Calvin Klein®, Lacoste®, Donald J. Pliner and Bruno Magli®.

With more of our customers moving away from desktop toward their mobile devices, we have taken a “mobile-first” mindset on designing customer interactions as we continue to innovate and enhance the customer’s shopping experience. Our mobile optimized website, m.destinationxl.com,  and our recently launched mobile app help our customers browse products, checkout, access our loyalty program information, research inventory in a local store, and find a local store location.  

We believe that our customers’ interactions with us, on a digital level, are key to customer retention and future growth.  We are elevating our customer relation management (“CRM”) system to create a platform where we have a 360-view of our customer beyond just a history of past purchases and preferences.  Infusing third-party data and predictive shopping habits, we will have the ability to engage with our customers in a more personalized level.

In addition to our Destination XL website, our customers can also access our LivingXL website directly from our homepage.  LivingXL is an online-only store that specializes in the selling of select high-quality products which help larger people maintain a more comfortable lifestyle. The types of products sold on our website benefit both men and women and include chairs, outdoor accessories, travel accessories, bed and bath and fitness equipment.

In recent years, we have seen a significant increase in the number of visitors to our websites from a mobile device. Our mobile optimized website, m.destinationxl.com, helps our customers browse products, checkout, access our loyalty program information, research inventory in a local store, and find a local store location. For our international customers, upon entering our full site, these visitors are identified based on where they reside globally and are able to shop in their local currency. In addition, checkout is customized based on their location, with local payment methods and a guaranteed cost including shipping and taxes. In

Online Marketplaces

Broadening our reach through online marketplaces continues to be a growth initiative for our direct business.  During fiscal 2016,2017, we launchedelevated our positioning with Amazon and now have a large portion of our assortment available with Amazon Prime shipping.  Online marketplaces, such as Amazon, Walmart.com and Jet.com, provide us an effortopportunity to ensure thatgrow our websites are accessiblecustomer base and introduce them to the visually impaired. We also launched t.destinationxl.com, an


optimized site for tablet visitors to provide an improved shopping experience for all our DXL online visitors, regardless of the device they are using.

BigandTall.com

Our www.bigandtall.com website is separate from our Destination XL site and caters to a value-oriented customer, exclusively offering an assortment of promotional and clearance merchandise.brand.

MERCHANDISE PLANNING AND ALLOCATION

Our merchandise planning and allocation areafunction is critical to the effective management of our inventory, store assortments, product sizes and overall gross margin profitability. The merchandise planning and allocation team has an array of planning and replenishment tools available to assist in maintaining an appropriate level of inventory, in-stock positions at the store and for the direct channel, and pre-season planning for product assortments for each store and the direct channel. Additionally, in-season reporting identifies opportunities and challenges in inventory performance. Over the past several years, we have made and will continue to make investments in implementing best practice tools and processes for our merchandise planning and allocation.

Our core basic merchandise makes up over 40%approximately 38% of our “better” assortment and over 20% of our “best”merchandise assortment. Our planning and allocation team estimates quantity and demand several months in advance to optimize gross margin and minimize end-of-season merchandise for all seasonal merchandise. We have implemented an omni-channel approach towards ourdevelop customized assortment planning methodologystrategies by store that customizes each store’s assortment to accentuate lifestyle preferences for each particular store.

Our merchandising data warehouse provides the merchandising team with standardized reporting for monitoring assortment performance by product category and by store, identifying in-stock positions by size and generally monitoring overall inventory levels relative to selling. At season end, we analyze the overall performance of product categories, overall assortments and specific styles by store to focus on the opportunities and challenges for the next season’s planning cycle.

During each season, we utilize a markdown optimization tool to monitor the selling performance of our fashion assortments and compare against the planned selling curves. When actual selling performance significantly drops below planned selling curves, we make in-season pricing adjustments so that we maintain planned levels of residual fashion product at season’s end.

Utilizing a set of specific universal reporting tools, we are able to fulfill the daily, weekly and monthly roles and responsibilities of the merchandise planning and allocation team. These reporting tools provide focused and actionable views of the business to optimize the overall assortment by category and by store. We believe that by having all members of the merchandise planning and allocation team follow a standardized set of processes with the use of standardized reporting tools, our inventory performance will be optimized.


STORE OPERATIONS

We believe that our store associates are the key to creating the highest quality experience for our customer. Overcustomers. Beginning with the past several years,advent of our initial testing of DXL stores, we have extensively workedcommitted to change the culture in our stores from an operationally-driven organization to a sales-driven, customer-centric organization. Our overall goal iswas to assist our associates in becoming less task-oriented and more focused on serving the customer. We want our associates to help our customer meet his apparel needs through building his wardrobe; not just selling our customer a single item. In order to accomplish this, we have invested in educating our associates.  Our associates have beenare trained to be clothing experts, capable of accommodating our customer’s style and fit needs with ready-to-wear clothing. Our associates’ ability to be well versed in not only the product selection carried in their store, but also globally, coupled with access to order items for the customer via the web in-store, allows our associates to fulfill all of their customers’ needs. Our stores also offer on-site tailoring in order to assist customers in receiving a perfect fit. OurIn addition to product knowledge, our training approach provides product knowledgeincludes behavioral training as well as behavioral training.well.  A key component to the success of this program is finding the right caliber of store associates. Our multi-unit, field management team receives extensive training on recruiting associates withwho are the correct fit for our stores. Our new DXL store management team hires are enrolled in a training program“The DXL Experience Training Program,” with time spent in one of our two regional training centers.  Regional Training Centers. The culture has been created over the last eight years to promote from our internal associates, starting at the Assistant Store Manager level up to, and including, the Vice President of Operations level. Our Regional Vice-Presidents give us touch-points in the field in addition to the Regional Sales Managers and the store management to ensure consistency in executing our standards and all programs and processes we deem important to our success.

Each new store management team member spends time in a DXL store, working with certified training managers to solidify their training before they are released to their “home” store.  This allows each new store management team member to apply the skills learned during training“The DXL Experience Training Program” so they in turn will have the tools to successfully managingmanage their respective stores.

stores successfully. We are able to gauge the effectiveness of our training through measuring sales productivity at each level of the field organization, including individual sales associates. We believe these educational programs, together with monitoring sales metrics to help identify opportunities for further training, will improve sales productivity and strengthen our customer’s brand loyalty.

Each DXL, Casual Male XL and Rochester Clothing store is staffed with a store manager, assistant managers and associates. The store manager is responsible for achieving certain sales and operational targets. Our DXL, Casual Male XL and Rochester Clothing stores


have an incentive-based commission plan for managers and selling staff to encourage associates to focus on our customer’s wardrobing needs and sales productivity.  Our field organization of stores strives to promote from within;within - a culture that has been building for 7eight years, with approximately 90% of the field organization’s multi-unit managers having managed one of our retail stores.

Our field organization is overseen by our Executive Vice President and Chief SalesCustomer Officer, (SeniorSenior Vice President of Store Sales & Operations)and Operations, Regional Vice Presidents and Regional Sales Managers, who provide management development and guidance to individual store managers. Each Regional Sales Manager is responsible for hiring and developing store managers at the stores assigned to that Regional Sales Manager’s market, and for the overall operations and profitability of those stores.

MARKETING AND ADVERTISING

 

We believe marketing and advertising are key drivers to increasein increasing brand awareness and thereby increasewhich, in turn, increases traffic to our stores.stores and online. Our marketing focus is on increasing the awareness of our DXL brand, so that shoppers will think of us when they decide to purchase men’s XL clothing or accessories. With only 4 out of every 10 men knowingaware of who we are, we believe we have ana great opportunity to build our customer base and increase market share.  DuringIn fiscal 2016, we experienced a drop in our brand recognition, which was the result of decreased spending on national media. In fiscal 2017, we aired TV and Radio for 14 weeks, compared to only 6 weeks in fiscal 2016, which had a measurable impact brand awareness and customer count as we saw our brand awareness drop toincrease from 34% from 38% in fiscal 2015.  We believe that our $5.4 million decrease in marketing spend inat the end of fiscal 2016 may have contributed to this drop in awareness.  Due42% at the end of fiscal 2017.

In fiscal 2017, we increased our marketing expenses to the weakness we saw in the retail market$29.5 million, with an emphasis on new creative and the lack of store traffic we started to see in September 2016, we decided not to run the Fall/Holiday media campaign and instead shifted some of those funds toadditional digital advertising.  In fiscal 2017,2018, we willexpect marketing expenses to be reinvesting in our$24.0 million.  Our 2018 marketing initiatives, increasing our marketing spend consistent with previous levels. We expect that our marketing program for fiscal 2017 will include two media campaigns;campaigns: first, our Spring campaign, which runswill run up to Father’s Day,Day; second, our Fall/Holiday campaign, which will run for 6 weeks. We are also launching new creative advertising for 2018, which will emphasize fit, expertise, brands, in-store experience, and the return of a Fall/Holiday campaign. In the short-term, for Spring 2017 weone-stop shopping. The new campaign will be reusinghighlight DXL’s key differentiators and will seek to spark an older commercial which was the most productive of our previous campaigns in driving traffic and appears to resonate moreemotional connection with our existing customer.

For fiscal 2016, our active customer count decreased by 2.5%.core consumer. In fiscal 2017, in addition to adding back mediatelevision to aid in growing the customer count, we plan to focus more aggressively on our customer loyalty program. Our loyalty program has consistently delivered better response rates as compared to our other direct marketing programs. Approximately 93% of customers in our active customer base are enrolled in our loyalty program, resulting in a more than 59% DXL customer corporate retention and reactivation programs. Ourrate. On a rolling twelve-month basis, our DXL retail stores have experienced a 28%an almost 35% higher customer retention rate of customers than our Casual Male XL retail stores.  As we open more DXL retail stores and close more Casual Male XL retail stores, we expect that our overall retention rate will continue to improve, butIn addition, we will focus on personalization in our email marketing and digital programs, which we believe will make our reduced marketing spend in 2018 more cost effective. We will also be seekingimplementing a new CRM system to improve the retention rates in all store formats.support our direct marketing efforts.

In addition to growing the active customer base within DXL stores, we also see opportunity for growth with our “end-of-rack” customer who is defined as a customer with a 38 to 46 inch waist. For fiscal 2016, the “end of rack” segment contributed twice as much in revenue per customer as consumers with waist sizes above 46 inches and visited us 52% more often than consumers with waist sizes 48 inches and above. 


As we close more of our Casual Male XL stores in fiscal 2017,2018, we will continue our efforts to increase awareness of the DXL brand and convert Casual Male XL customers to our DXL stores. We have converted more than 51% of our Casual Male XL customers since we began our transition over to DXL. Our focus will continue to be on transitioning our best Casual Male XL customers first, followed by other very active, high-sales-contributing tiers of customers.  For DXL stores opened in existing Casual Male XL markets, between fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2015, we have converted 51% of our Casual Male XL’s customers to these DXL stores by the end of fiscal 2016.  This figure is up from 45% at the start of fiscal 2016.

In fiscal 2016, we decreased our marketing costs by $5.4 million from fiscal 2015. For fiscal 2017, we will be increasing our marketing spend to approximately $25.0 million, similar with levels in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, as compared to $18.2 million for fiscal 2016.

GLOBAL SOURCING

We have strong experience in sourcing internationally, particularly in Asia, where we manufacture a significant percentage of our private-label merchandise. We have established relationships with some of the leading and specialized agents and factories. Our sourcing network consists of over 5021 factories in 64 countries. Currently, approximately 61%50% of all our product needs are sourced directly.

Our global sourcing strategy is a balanced approach considering quality, cost and lead time, depending on the requirements of the program. We believe our current sourcing structure is sufficient to meet our operating requirements and provide capacity for growth. The growth and effectiveness of our global direct sourcing program is a key component to our continuedthe strength of merchandise margin improvement.margins.

In an effort to minimize foreign currency risk, all payments to our direct sourced vendors and buying agents are made in U.S. dollars through the use of letters of credit or payment on account.


DISTRIBUTION

All of our distribution operations are centralized at our headquarters located in Canton, Massachusetts. However, if merchandise is available at the store level but not available at the distribution center, our stores are capable of completing the order and shipping it directly to a customer.

We believe that having one centralized distribution facility minimizes the delivered cost of merchandise and maximizes the in-stock position of our stores. We believe that the centralized distribution system enables our stores to maximize selling space by reducing necessary levels of back-room stock carried in each store. In addition, the distribution center provides order fulfillment services for our e-commerce business.

Since 2003, we have utilized United Parcel Services (“UPS”) for all of our store shipments as well as our domestic customer deliveries. By utilizing UPS, we are able to track all deliveries from the warehouse to our individual stores, including the status of in-transit shipments. In addition, we are able to provide our Direct-to-Consumerdirect customers with Authorized Return Service and Web labels, making returns more convenient for them.  Our current contract with UPS is through January 5, 2020.  

In order to service our International customers, we have partneredcontracted with a global e-commerce company for payment and shipment services.  Through this service, international customers view and pay for products in their local currency.  Our partnervendor then ships directly to our customer, which we believe helps avoid potential fraud and currency exchange rate risks.

Our warehousing application for our distribution center systems streamlines our distribution processes, enhances our in-transit times, and reduces our distribution costs substantially. Over the past several years, we have made improvements to our software such as automated packing for single piece orders, barcode scanning technologies and scanning technologies for our sortation systems, in order to improve productivity and to lower packing costs.

Our supply chain technology provides visibility for imports and domestic deliveries giving our buyers accurate shipping information and allowing the distribution center to plan staffing for arriving freight, resulting in reduced costs and improved receipt efficiency. In fiscal 2017, we plan on improving the domestic routing process by converting from a paper-based to a web-based system that will also help us optimize our domestic inbound transportation costs.  

In-bound calls for our direct businessesbusiness are currently handled at our Canton facility and are primarily fulfilled by our distribution center.  If an order cannot be fulfilled by our distribution center, the order is completed at the store level.  

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

The infrastructure of our management information systems has consistently beenis a priority to us. We believe that the investments we have made in this regard have improved our overall efficiency and most importantly have enabled us to manage our inventory more effectively.

Our management information systems consist of a full range of retail merchandising and financial systems which include merchandise planning and reporting, distribution center processing, inventory allocation, sales reporting, and financial processing and reporting. We believe that our current infrastructure provides us the ability and capacity to process transactions more efficiently and provides our management team with comprehensive tools with which to manage our business.

Our business is supported by a POS business application that captures daily transaction information by item, color and size. The POS system includes a multitude of features including CRM tools that enable us to track customer buying habits and provides us with the ability to target customers with specific offers and promotions.


Using a retail business intelligence solution, we are able to integrate data from several sources and provide enterprise-wide analytics reporting. Over the past few years, we have developed a custom Assortment Suite application that leverages business intelligence and predictive analytics to provide high impact insights into core merchandising tasks. In an effort to further improve our inventory management, we have created a standardized set of “best practices” for both our merchandise planning and allocation groups.

Our direct business and retail business maintain a shared inventory system and we operate a single system platform for DXL, Casual Male XL and Rochester Clothing to deliver improved efficiencies and to make our full product assortment available to all of our business formats.

In fiscal 2018, we plan to upgrade our order management systems, which will upgrade our warehouse management and logistics capabilities for enhanced inventory visibility and order fulfillment. We continually work to improve our web environment. Our mobile optimized site capitalizes on the growing use of mobile devices to look up store information, review product offerings, and complete purchases. In fiscal 2016, we completed the development and


implementation ofWe have a tablet optimized website to further capitalize on the continued growth of mobile e-commerce.e-commerce, and in fiscal 2017 we launched our mobile app.  In addition, our current website is fully integrated with a global e-commerce company to accommodate international customers by providing multi-currency pricing, payment processing, and international shipping. Functionality was also implemented to support an online custom shirt program and an in-store application to support both a custom suit and custom shirt program.

COMPETITION

Our business faces competition from a variety of sources, including department stores such as Macy’s and Dillard’s, mass merchandisers, other specialty stores and discount and off-price retailers, as well as other retailers that sell big & tall merchandise.men’s apparel. While we have successfully competed on the basis of merchandise selection, comfort and fit, customer service and desirable store locations, there can be no assurances that other retailers, including e-commerce retailers, will not adopt purchasing and marketing concepts similar to ours. Discount retailers with significant buying power, such as Wal-Mart and J.C. Penney, represent a source of competition for us. The direct business has several competitors, including the King Size catalog and website.website as well as online marketplaces, such as Amazon.

The United States men’s big & tall men’s apparel market is highly competitive with many national and regional department stores, specialty apparel retailers, single market operators and discount stores offering a broad range of apparel products similar to ours. Besides retail competitors, we consider any casual apparel manufacturer operating in outlet malls throughout the United States to be a competitor in the casual apparel market. We believe that we are the only national operator of apparel stores focused on the men’s big & tall market.

SEASONALITY

Historically, and consistent with the retail industry, we have experienced seasonal fluctuations as it relates to our operating income and net income. Traditionally, a significant portion of our operating income and net income is generated in the fourth quarter, as a result of the holiday season.

TRADEMARKS/TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENTS

We own several service marks and trademarks relating to our businesses, including, among others, “Destination XL®”, “DXL®”, “DXL Mens Apparel®”, “Big on Being Better®”, “Casual Male®”, “Casual Male XL®”, “Rochester Clothing®”, “Rochester Big & Tall®”, “Harbor Bay®”, “Oak Hill®”, “Comfort Zone®”, “Synrgy“Synrgy™”, “Twenty-Eight DegreesDegrees™”, “Society of One®” and “True Nation®”. We also hold a U.S. patent for an extendable collar system, which is marketed as “Neck-Relaxer®” and a U.S. copyright for a no-iron hang tag.

EMPLOYEES

As of January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we employedhad approximately 2,625 associates.2,634 employees. We hire additional temporary employees during the peak fallFall and Holiday seasons. None of our employees is represented by any collective bargaining agreement.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our corporate website is www.destinationxl.com.   Our investor relations site is http://investor.destinationxl.com. We make available through our website, free of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we have electronically filed such material with, or furnished such materials to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information for issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

 

 

 


Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following discussion identifies certain important factors that could affect our financial position, our actual results of operations and our actions and could cause our financial position, results of operations and our actions to differ materially from any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of our Company.

The following risk factors are the important factors of which we are aware that could cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. We operate in a continually changing business environment and new risk factors emerge from time to time. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could have material adverse effects on our future results, performance or achievements. We cannot assure you that our projected results or events will be achieved or will occur.

Risks Related to Our Company and Our Industry

We may not be successful in executing our DXL strategy and growing our market share.

Through the end of fiscal 2016,2017, we have opened over 200225 DXL retail and outlet stores in the United States and Canada while closing severalmany of our Casual Male XL and Rochester Clothing stores.  With the transition substantially complete,In fiscal 2017 we currently anticipate that we will slowslowed the pace of our store openings.  However, foropenings with an increased focus on growing our direct business and increasing store productivity.  For us to be successful in the future and maintain growth, we must be able to continue increasing our share of the men’s big & tall men’s apparel market. Our growth and market share areis dependent on our ability to successfully continue to build upon our DXL store concept,brand, maintain and convert our existing Casual Male XL and Rochester Clothing customers intoto DXL, customers and continuecontinuing to attract new customers. Our inabilityfailure to execute successfully the following factorsour strategy could prevent us from growing our market share, and DXL brand, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position:position, including if we were unable to:  

negotiate favorable lease arrangements for newgrow our DXL stores;

exit existing lease agreements on favorable terms;

effectively open and close stores within established cost parameters;

coordinate the timing of DXL store openings and Casual Male XL store closings;

hire qualified store management and store associates;

maintain an effective marketing program to build brand and store concept awareness as well as increase store traffic;e-commerce business;

predict and respond to fashion trends, while offering our customers a broad selection of merchandise in an extended selection of sizes;

grow our DXL e-commerce business;maintain an effective marketing program to build brand, store and digital awareness as well as increase store traffic;

maintain our existing customer base as we transition them to the DXL store format;base;

attract and retain new target customers;

hire qualified store management and store associates;

exit existing lease agreements at the end of the lease or on favorable terms;

effectively open and close stores within established cost parameters;

continue to grow and then sustain number of transactions, units-per-transaction and share of wallet; and

operate at appropriate operating margins.

Our business may be adversely affected by the failure to identify suitable store locations and acceptable lease terms.  In addition, some of our new stores may open in locations close enough to our existing stores to negatively impact sales at those locations.

We currently lease all of our store locations. Identifying and securing suitable store locations at acceptable lease terms is critical to our store growth.  We generally have been able to negotiate acceptable lease rates and extensions, as needed.  However, we cannot be certain that desirable locations at acceptable lease rates and preferred lease terms will continue to be available.  Once we decide on a prospective new store or new market and find a suitable location, any delays in opening new stores could impact our financial results. In addition, if we need to pay higher occupancy costs in the future to secure ideal locations, the increased cost may adversely impact our financial performance and liquidity. Recent trends toward increased landlord consolidation could also negatively affect our ability to obtain and retain locations.  

As we open additional locations in existing markets, some new stores may open in locations close enough to our existing stores to impact sales and profitability at the store level, which may also adversely affect our profitability.  


Our marketing programs and success in maintaining and building our brand awareness, driving traffic and converting that traffic into an increased loyal customer base are critical to achieving market share growth within the big & tall industry.men’s apparel market

Our ability to increase our share of the men’s big & tall men’s apparel market is largely dependent on building and maintaining favorable brand recognition for our DXL stores and e-commerce sitesdigital channels and effectively marketing our merchandise to all of our target customers in several diverse market segments so that they will become loyal shoppers who spend a greater portion of their wallet on our product offerings. In order to grow our brand recognition and our market share, we depend on the successful development of our brand through marketing and advertising in a variety of ways, including television and radio advertising, advertising events, direct mailloyalty programs, digital marketing, including social media, e-commerce and customer prospecting. Our business is directly impacted by the success of these efforts and those of our vendors. Future advertising efforts by us, our vendors or our other licensors, may be costly and, if not successful, willmay negatively impact our ability to meet our sales goals and to increase our market share and increase revenues.

Our business is seasonal and is affected by general economic conditions.

Our business is seasonal. Historically, a significant portion of our operating income has been generated during our fourth quarter (November-January). If, for any reason, we miscalculate the demand for our products during our fourth quarter, our sales in this quarter could decline, resulting in higher labor costs as a percentage of sales, lower margins and excess inventory, which could cause our annual operating results to suffer. In addition, our operations may be negatively affected by local, regional or national economic conditions, such as levels of disposable consumer income, consumer debt, interest rates and consumer confidence. Due to our seasonality, the possible adverse impact from such risks is potentially greater if any such risks occur during our fourth quarter.  


Our ability to operate and expand our business and to respond to changing business and economic conditions will depend on the availability of adequate capital.

The operation of our business, the rate of our expansion and our ability to respond to changing business and economic conditions depend on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn depends on cash flow generated by our business and, if necessary, the availability of equity or debt capital. We will also need sufficient cash flow to meet our obligations under our existing debt agreements.

The amount that we are able to borrow and have outstanding under our credit facility at any given time is determined using an availability formula based on eligible assets. As a result, our ability to borrow is subject to certain risks and uncertainties, such as advance rates and the amount and quality of inventory, which could reduce the funds available to us under our credit facility.

We cannot assure you that our cash flow from operations or cash available under our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our needs. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future, we may have to obtain additional financing. If we incur additional indebtedness, that indebtedness may contain significant financial and other covenants that may significantly restrict our operations. We cannot ensure that we could obtain refinancing or additional financing on favorable terms or at all.

Our business may be adversely affected by economic and political issues abroad and changes in U.S. economic policies.

Economic and civil unrest in areas of the world where we source merchandise for our global sourcing program, as well as shipping and docking issues, could adversely impact the availability and cost of such merchandise. Disruptions in the global transportation network, such as political instability, the financial instability of our suppliers, merchandise quality issues, trade restrictions, labor and port strikes, tariffs, currency exchange rates, transport capacity and costs, inflation and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control. In the event of disruptions or delays in deliveries due to economic or political conditions in foreign countries, such disruptions or delays could adversely affect our results of operations unless and until alternative supply arrangements could be made. These and other issues affecting our suppliers could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

In addition, the enactment of any new legislation in the U.S. that would impact current international trade regulations, exports or imports or tax policy with respect to foreign activities, or executive action affecting international trade agreements, including the reevaluation ofuncertainty concerning the trading status of certain countries and/or retaliatory duties, taxes, quotas or other trade sanctions, could increase the cost of merchandise purchased from suppliers in such countries and could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

The loss of, or disruption in, our centralized distribution center could negatively impact our business and operations.

AllThe majority of our merchandise for our stores and e-commerce operations is received into our centralized distribution center in Canton, Massachusetts, where the inventoryit is then processed, sorted and shipped to our stores or directly to our customers. We depend in large part on the orderly operation of this receiving and distribution process, which depends, in turn, on adherence to shipping schedules and effective management of the distribution center. Although we believe that our receiving and distribution process is


efficient and well-positioned to support our strategic plans, events beyond our control, such as disruptions in operations due to fire or other catastrophic events, employee matters or shipping problems, could result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores or directly to our customers.

With all of our management information systems centralized in our corporate headquarters, any disruption or destruction of our system infrastructure could materially affect our business. This type of disaster is mitigated by our offsite storage and disaster recovery plans, but we would still incur business interruption that may impact our business for several weeks.

Although we maintain business interruption and property insurance, we cannot be sure that our insurance will be sufficient, or that insurance proceeds will be timely paid to us, in the event our distribution center is shut down for any reason or if we incur higher costs and longer lead times in connection with a disruption from our distribution center.

If we are unable to develop and implement our omni-channel initiatives successfully, our market share and financial results could be adversely affected.

One of our strategic initiatives has been to move from being a multi-channel retailer to an omni-channel retailer. Our customer’s shopping behavior continues to evolve across multiple channels and we are working to meet his needs.  While we now consider ourselves an omni-channel retailer, we continue to make ongoing investments in our information technology systems to support evolving omni-channel capabilities.  


Omni-channel retailing is rapidly evolving and our success depends on our ability to anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology and logistics in order to appeal to existing and potential customers who increasingly rely on multiple channels to meet their shopping needs.  In addition, our competitors are also investing in omni-channel initiatives, some of which may be more successful than our initiatives.

If the investment in our omni-channel initiatives is not successful, our systems are unable to support such initiatives, or if our competitors are more successful, our financial results and our market penetration may be adversely affected.

We rely onOur direct business is a significant component of our growth strategy, and the continued development offailure to develop our e-commerce and internet infrastructure development, failure of which could disrupt our business and negatively impact our sales.

We continue to have increasing levels of sales made through our e-commerce sites.on-line shopping and via mobile devices.  We have made significant investments in capital spending and labor to develop these channels and invested in digital media to attract new customers. Growth of our overall sales is dependent on customers continuing to expand their on-line purchases in addition to in-store to purchase our products.purchases. We cannot accurately predict the rate at which online purchases will expand.  

Our success in growing our e-commerce activities will depend in part upon our development of an increasingly sophisticated e-commerce experience and infrastructure. Increasing customer sophistication requires that we provide additional website features and functionality, in order to be competitive in the marketplace and maintain market share. We will continue to iteratecontinually update our website features, but we cannot predict future trends and required functionality or our adoption rate for customer preferences.  In addition, we are vulnerable to additional risks and uncertainties associated with e-commerce sales, including security breaches, cyber-attacks, consumer privacy concerns, changes in state tax regimes and government regulation of internet activities. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties successfully could reduce our e-commerce sales, increase our costs and diminish our growth prospects, which could negatively impact our operating results.

Our business may be adversely affected by the failure to identify suitable store locations and acceptable lease terms.  In addition, some of our new stores may open in locations close enough to our existing stores to negatively impact sales at those locations.

We currently lease all of our store locations. Identifying and securing suitable store locations at acceptable lease terms is critical to our store growth.  We generally have been able to negotiate acceptable lease rates and extensions, as needed.  However, we cannot be certain that desirable locations at acceptable lease rates and preferred lease terms will continue to be available.  Once we decide on a prospective new store or new market and find a suitable location, any delays in opening new stores could impact our financial results. In addition, if we need to pay higher occupancy costs in the future to secure ideal locations, the increased cost may adversely impact our financial performance and liquidity. Recent trends toward increased landlord consolidation could also negatively affect our ability to obtain and retain locations.  

As we open additional locations in existing markets, some new stores may open in locations close enough to our existing stores to impact sales and profitability at the store level, which may also adversely affect our profitability.

Our business is highly competitive, and competitive factors may reduce our revenues and profit margins.

The United States big & tall men’s apparel market is highly competitive with many national and regional department stores, mass merchandisers, specialty apparel retailers, discount stores and online retailers offering a broad range of apparel products similar to the products that we sell. Besides retail competitors, we consider any manufacturer of big & tall men’s merchandise operating in outlet malls throughout the United States to be a competitor. It is also possible that another competitor, either a mass merchant or a men’s specialty store or specialty apparel catalog, could gain market share in big & tall men’s apparel due to more favorable pricing, locations, brand and fashion assortment and size availability. Many of our competitors and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, manufacturing and marketing resources than we do.

The presence in the marketplace of various fashion trends and the limited availability of shelf space also can affect competition. We may not be able to compete successfully with our competitors in the future and could lose brand recognition and market share. A significant loss of market share would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

In addition, we maintain exclusivity arrangements with several of the brands that we carry.  If we were to lose any of these exclusivity arrangements or brands altogether, our revenues may be adversely affected.


If our long-lived assets become impaired, we may need to record significant non-cash impairment charges.

Periodically, we review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever economic events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Specifically, if an individual store location is unable to generate sufficient future cash flows, we may be required to record a partial or full impairment of that store’s assets.  In addition, significant negative industry or general economic trends, disruptions to our business and unexpected significant changes or planned changes in our use of the assets (such as store relocations or closures) may also result in impairment charges. Any such impairment charges, if significant, could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

We may not be successful expanding our business internationally.

Our future growth strategy includes plans to open stores internationally, most likely using a franchise and licensing model.  Customer demand, as well as a lack of familiarity with our brands, may differ internationally, and as a result, we may have difficulty attracting customers and growing brand awareness.  In addition, our ability to conduct business internationally may be adversely impacted by political and economic risks.  Our failure to expand internationally may limit our future growth opportunities.  


We also have risks related to identifying suitable franchisees. Our franchise arrangements will limit our direct control, such as the ability of these third parties to meet their projections regarding store openings and sales, as well as their compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  As such, we cannot ensure our profitability or success in international markets.   In addition, the failure of these third parties to operate the stores in a manner consistent with our standards may adversely affect our brands and reputation.

We are dependent on third parties for the manufacture of the merchandise we sell.

We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities and are therefore entirely dependent on third parties for theto manufacture of the merchandise we sell. Without adequate supplies of merchandise to sell to our customers in the merchandise styles and fashions demanded by our particular customer base, sales would decrease materially and our business would suffer. We are dependent on these third parties’ ability to fulfill our merchandise orders and meet our delivery terms. In the event that manufacturers are unable or unwilling to ship products to us in a timely manner or continue to manufacture products for us, we would have to rely on other current manufacturing sources or identify and qualify new manufacturers. We might not be able to identify or qualify such manufacturers for existing or new products in a timely manner and such manufacturers might not allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements. Our inability to secure adequate and timely supplies of private label merchandise would negatively impact proper inventory levels, sales and gross margin rates, and ultimately our results of operations.

In addition, even if our current manufacturers continue to manufacture our products, they may not maintain adequate controls with respect to product specifications and quality and may not continue to produce products that are consistent with our standards. If we are forced to rely on manufacturers who produce products of inferior quality, then our brand recognition and customer satisfaction would likely suffer. These manufacturers may also increase the cost to us of the products we purchase from them.

A significant portion of our merchandise is imported directly from other countries, and U.S. domestic suppliers who source their goods from other countries supply most of our remaining merchandise. If the U.S. Government imposes significant tariffs or other restrictions on foreign imports, we may need to increase our prices which could adversely affect our revenues and merchandise margins.

Furthermore, in the event that commercial transportation is curtailed or substantially delayed, we may not be able to maintain adequate inventory levels of important merchandise on a consistent basis, which would negatively impact our sales and potentially erode the confidence of our customer base, leading to further loss of sales and an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of raw materials and finished goods could increase costs.

Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of fabrics or other raw materials used in the manufacturing of our merchandise could have a material adverse effect on our gross margin or on our ability to meet our customers’ demands. The prices for fabrics depend on demand and market prices for the raw materials used to produce them. To the extent that we cannot offset these cost increases with other cost reductions or efficiencies, such higher costs will need to be passed on to our customers. Such increased costs could lead to reduced customer demand, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flow.


Our success depends significantly on our key personnel and our ability to attract and retain additional personnel.

Our future success is dependent on the personal efforts, performance and abilities of our key management which includes our executive officer as well as several significant members of our senior management. For example, the loss of the services of David Levin, our President and Chief Executive Officer, who is an integral part of our daily operations and is the primary decision maker in all our important operating matters, could significantly impact our business until an adequate replacement or replacements can be identified and put in place. The loss of any of our senior management may result in a loss of organizational focus, poor operating execution, an inability to identify and execute strategic initiatives, an impairment in our ability to identify new store locations, and an inability to consummate possible acquisitions. As disclosed, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2017, on March 23, 2018, David Levin announced that he is planning to retire as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director of the Company by the end of 2018. Mr. Levin is also prepared to provide transition support and assist on requested projects following his retirement as CEO. The Board of Directors has initiated a search process to identify a successor for Mr. Levin and will review both external and internal candidates. See Note K, Subsequent Event, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

The competition is intense for the type of highly skilled individuals with relevant industry experience that we require and we may not be able to attract and retain new employees of the caliber needed to achieve our objectives.

Our business may be negatively impacted and we may be liable if third parties misappropriate proprietary information of our customers and breach our security systems.

We may be harmed by security risks we face in connection with our electronic processing and transmission of confidential customer information. During fiscal 2016,2017, approximately 85% of our sales were settled through credit and debit card transactions. AnyWhile our Board of Directors approved the formation of the Cybersecurity and Data Privacy Committee to oversee the monitoring and management of cyber risk and data privacy for our Company, and we have not had any security breaches to date, any breach could expose us to risks of loss, litigation and liability and could adversely affect our operations as well as cause our shoppers to stop shopping with us as a result of their lack of confidence in the security of their personally identifiable information, which could


have a negative impact on our sales and profitability. Like many retailers, we have seen an increase in cyberattack attempts, predominantly through phishing and social engineering scams, and in particular, ransomware. While none of these attempts have been successful, there can be no assurance that our continued security measures will be effective or sufficient in the future.  If third parties are able to penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate the personal information or credit card information of our customers or if third parties gain unauthorized and improper access to such information, we could be subject to liability. These liabilities could include claims for unauthorized purchases with credit card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims, or claims for other misuses of personal information, including unauthorized marketing purposes, and could ultimately result in litigation. Liability for misappropriation of this information could be significant.

Further, if a third party were to use this proprietary customer information in order to compete with us, it could have a material adverse impact on our business and could result in litigation.

Our business is highly competitive, and competitive factors may reduce our revenues and profit margins.

The United States men’s big & tall apparel market is highly competitive with many national and regional department stores, mass merchandisers, specialty apparel retailers and discount stores offering a broad range of apparel products similar to the products that we sell. Besides retail competitors, we consider any manufacturer of big & tall merchandise operating in outlet malls throughout the United States to be a competitor. It is also possible that another competitor, either a mass merchant or a men’s specialty store or specialty apparel catalog, could gain market share in men’s big & tall apparel due to more favorable pricing, locations, brand and fashion assortment and size availability. Many of our competitors and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, manufacturing and marketing resources than we do.

The presence in the marketplace of various fashion trends and the limited availability of shelf space also can affect competition. We may not be able to compete successfully with our competitors in the future and could lose brand recognition and market share. A significant loss of market share would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

In addition, we maintain exclusivity arrangements with several of the brands that we carry.  If we were to lose any of these exclusivity arrangements or brands altogether, our revenues may be adversely affected.

We may be unable to predict fashion trends and customer preferences successfully.

Customer tastes and fashion trends are volatile and tend to change rapidly. Our success depends in large part upon our ability to predict effectively and respond to changing fashion tastes and consumer demands and to translate market trends to appropriate saleable product offerings. If we are unable to predict or respond to changing styles or trends successfully and misjudge the market for products or any new product lines, our sales will be impacted and we may be faced with a substantial amount of unsold inventory or missed opportunities. In response, we may be forced to rely on additional markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess, slow-moving inventory, which would decrease our revenues and margins. In addition, the failure to satisfy consumer demand, specifically in our DXL stores and websites, could have serious longer-term consequences, such as an adverse impact on our brand value and the loss of market share to our competitors.

The loss of any of our key trademarks or licenses could adversely affect demand for our products.

We own and use a number of trademarks and operate under several trademark license agreements. We believe that certain of these trademarks have significant value and are instrumental in our ability to create and sustain demand for and to market our products. We cannot be certain that these trademarks and licensing agreements will remain in effect and enforceable or that any license agreements, upon expiration, can be renewed on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, any future disputes concerning these trademarks and licenses may cause us to incur significant litigation costs or force us to suspend use of the disputed trademarks.


Acts of terrorism or a catastrophic event could negatively impact our operating results and financial condition.

Unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts, public health issues, and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the U.S. or abroad, could disrupt our operations, or the operations of our vendors and other suppliers, or result in political or economic instability.

The continued threat of terrorism and heightened security measures in response to an act of terrorism may disrupt commerce and undermine consumer confidence which could negatively impact our sales by causing consumer spending to decline. Furthermore, an act of terrorism or war, or the threat thereof, could negatively impact our business by interfering with our ability to obtain merchandise from vendors or substitute suppliers at similar costs in a timely manner.


Our business depends on our ability to meet our labor needs.

 

Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees, including store managers and sales associates, who understand and appreciate our product offerings and are able to represent our products to our customers adequately. Qualified individuals of the requisite caliber and number needed to fill these positions may be in short supply in some areas, and the turnover rate in the retail industry is high. If we are unable to hire and retain sales associates capable of consistently providing a high level of customer service, our business could be materially adversely affected. Although none of our employees is currently covered by collective bargaining agreements, our employees may elect to be represented by labor unions in the future, which could increase our labor costs. Additionally, competition for qualified employees could require us to pay higher wages to attract a sufficient number of adequate employees. An inability to recruit and retain a sufficient number of qualified individuals in the future may delay the planned openings of new stores or outlets. Any such delays, any material increases in employee turnover rates at existing stores or outlets or any increases in labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Failure to comply with laws, rules and regulations could negatively affect our business operations and financial performance.

Our business is subject to federal, state, local and international laws, rules and regulations, such as state and local wage and hour laws, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), securities laws, import and export laws (including customs regulations), privacy and information security regulations, unclaimed property laws, the Affordable Care Act and many others. The effect of some of these laws and regulations may be to increase the cost of doing business and may have a material impact on our earnings. In addition, the complexity of the regulatory environment in which we operate and the related cost of compliance are both increasing due to legal and regulatory requirements and increased enforcement. In addition, as a result of operating in the U.K., we must comply with that country’s laws and regulations, which may differ substantially from, and may conflict with, corresponding U.S. laws and regulations. We may also be subject to investigations or audits by governmental authorities and regulatory agencies, which can occur in the ordinary course of business or which can result from increased scrutiny from a particular agency towards an industry, country or practice. If we fail to comply with laws, rules and regulations or the manner in which they are interpreted or applied, we may be subject to government enforcement action, class action litigation or other litigation, damage to our reputation, civil and criminal liability, damages, fines and penalties, and increased cost of regulatory compliance, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial performance.

The new administration may make substantial changes to fiscal, tax and international trade policies that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The new administration has called for substantial change to various fiscal, tax and international trade policies. We cannot predict the impact, if any, of these changes to our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, it is possible that these changes could adversely affect our business. It is likely that some policies adopted by the new administration will benefit us and others will negatively affect us. Until we know what changes are enacted, we will not know whether in total we benefit from, or are negatively affected by, the changes.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure and Stock

Our stock price has been and may continue to be extremely volatile due to many factors.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated in the past and may increase or decrease rapidly in the future depending on news announcements and changes in general market conditions. The following factors, among others, may cause significant fluctuations in our stock price:

overall changes in the economy and general market volatility;

news announcements regarding our quarterly or annual results of operations;

quarterly comparable sales;

acquisitions;

competitive developments;

litigation affecting us; or

market views as to the prospects of the retail industry generally.

 


Rights of our stockholders may be negatively affected if we issue any of the shares of preferred stock which our Board of Directors has authorized for issuance.

We have available for issuance up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue any or all of these shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, without any further action on the part of stockholders. The rights of our stockholders may be negatively affected if we issue a series of preferred stock in the future that has preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or distribution upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

In addition, the issuance of preferred stock by our Board of Directors pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, as amended, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a majority of the outstanding voting stock of our Company.

State laws and ourOur certificate of incorporation, as amended, limits transfers of our common stock and may, along with state law, inhibit potential acquisition bids that could be beneficial to our stockholders.

We are subject to certain provisions of Delaware law, which could also delay or make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. In particular, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in certain business combinations with any interested stockholder for a period of three years unless specific conditions are met. In addition, certain provisions of Delaware law could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us, including, without limitation, discouraging a proxy contest or making more difficult the acquisition of a substantial block of our common stock. The provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

In addition, ourOur certificate of incorporation, as amended, contains provisions that restrict any person or entity from attempting to transfer our stock, without prior permission from the Board of Directors, to the extent that such transfer would (i) create or result in an individual or entity becoming a five-percent shareholder of our stock, or (ii) increase the stock ownership percentage of any existing five-percent shareholder. These provisions provide that any transfer that violates such provisions shall be null and void and would require the purported transferee to, upon demand by us, transfer the shares that exceed the five percent limit to an agent designated by us for the purpose of conducting a sale of such excess shares. These provisions would make the acquisition of our Company more expensive to the acquirer and could significantly delay, discourage, or prevent third parties from acquiring our Company without the approval of our Board of Directors.

In addition, we are subject to certain provisions of Delaware law, which could also delay or make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. In particular, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in certain business combinations with any interested stockholder for a period of three years unless specific conditions are met. In addition, certain provisions of Delaware law could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us, including, without limitation, discouraging a proxy contest or making more difficult the acquisition of a substantial block of our common stock. The provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

 

 


Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

 

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate offices and retail distribution center are located at 555 Turnpike Street in Canton, Massachusetts. The property consists of a 755,992 gross square foot building located on approximately 27.3 acres. We owned the property until January 30, 2006, at which time we entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with Spirit Finance Corporation, a third-party real estate investment trust (“Spirit”), whereby we entered into a twenty-year lease agreement with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spirit for an initial annual rent payment of $4.6 million, with periodic increases every fifth anniversary of the lease. In fiscal 2006, we realized a gain of approximately $29.3 million on the sale of this property, which was deferred and is being amortized over the initial 20 years of the related lease agreement. Accordingly, our current annual rent expense of $5.2 million is offset by $1.5 million related to the amortization of this deferred gain.

As of January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we operated 192212 Destination XL retail stores, 1314 Destination XL outlet stores, 9778 Casual Male XL retail stores, 3633 Casual Male XL outlet stores and 5 Rochester Clothing stores. All of these stores are leased by us directly from owners of several different types of centers, including life-style centers, shopping centers, free standing buildings, outlet centers and downtown locations. The store leases are generally 5 to 10 years in length and contain renewal options extending their terms by between 5 and 10 years. Following this discussion is a listing by state of all store locations open at January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018.

Sites for store expansionnew stores are selected on the basis of several factors, including the demographic profile of the area in which the site is located, the types of stores and other retailers in the area, the location of the store within the center and the attractiveness of the store layout. We also utilize financial models to project the profitability of each location using assumptions such as the center’s sales per square foot averages, estimated occupancy costs and return on investment requirements.

See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Expenditures.”

 

 

 


Store count by state at January 28, 2017February 3, 2018

 

United States

 

DXL retail

DXL outlets *

 

 

Casual Male XL

and Rochester

Clothing stores

 

 

DXL retail and

DXL outlets

 

 

Casual Male XL

and Rochester

Clothing stores

 

Alabama

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Arizona

 

4

 

 

1

 

 

5

 

 

1

 

Arkansas

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

California *

 

23

 

 

15

 

California

 

25

 

 

12

 

Colorado

 

3

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

 

2

 

Connecticut

 

4

 

 

2

 

 

4

 

 

2

 

Delaware *

 

2

 

 

 

 

Delaware

 

2

 

 

 

 

District of Columbia

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Florida *

 

10

 

 

11

 

Florida

 

11

 

 

10

 

Georgia

 

3

 

 

4

 

 

3

 

 

4

 

Idaho

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Illinois

 

11

 

 

7

 

 

12

 

 

4

 

Indiana

 

5

 

 

4

 

 

6

 

 

3

 

Iowa

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Kansas

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Kentucky

 

2

 

 

1

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Louisiana

 

3

 

 

1

 

 

3

 

 

1

 

Maine *

 

1

 

 

1

 

Maine

 

2

 

 

 

 

Maryland

 

5

 

 

5

 

 

5

 

 

5

 

Massachusetts

 

5

 

 

3

 

 

5

 

 

2

 

Michigan *

 

12

 

 

3

 

Michigan

 

13

 

 

2

 

Minnesota

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Mississippi

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Missouri

 

3

 

 

6

 

 

4

 

 

5

 

Montana

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Nebraska

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Nevada

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

New Hampshire *

 

3

 

 

 

 

New Hampshire

 

3

 

 

 

 

New Jersey

 

7

 

 

8

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

New Mexico

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

New York *

 

13

 

 

10

 

New York

 

14

 

 

9

 

North Carolina

 

3

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

North Dakota

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Ohio

 

8

 

 

3

 

 

8

 

 

3

 

Oklahoma

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Oregon

 

2

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

1

 

Pennsylvania

 

8

 

 

14

 

 

9

 

 

13

 

Rhode Island

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

South Carolina *

 

4

 

 

 

 

South Carolina

 

4

 

 

 

 

South Dakota

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Tennessee *

 

6

 

 

1

 

Tennessee

 

7

 

 

1

 

Texas

 

20

 

 

10

 

 

22

 

 

6

 

Utah

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Vermont

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Virginia *

 

5

 

 

3

 

Washington *

 

4

 

 

1

 

Virginia

 

5

 

 

3

 

Washington

 

4

 

 

1

 

West Virginia

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Wisconsin

 

4

 

 

2

 

 

5

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Toronto, Canada

 

2

 

 

 

 

London, England

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 


Item 3. LegalLegal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations or financial position.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 


PART II.

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DXLG”.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low per share sales prices for the common stock, as reported on Nasdaq.

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

3.70

 

 

$

2.10

 

Second Quarter

 

 

2.75

 

 

 

1.70

 

Third Quarter

 

 

2.15

 

 

 

1.46

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

2.70

 

 

 

1.80

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

5.88

 

 

$

3.95

 

 

$

5.88

 

 

$

3.95

 

Second Quarter

 

 

5.54

 

 

 

4.05

 

 

 

5.54

 

 

 

4.05

 

Third Quarter

 

 

5.57

 

 

 

3.95

 

 

 

5.57

 

 

 

3.95

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

3.15

 

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

3.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended January 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

5.30

 

 

$

4.28

 

Second Quarter

 

 

5.41

 

 

 

4.32

 

Third Quarter

 

 

6.70

 

 

 

4.23

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

6.16

 

 

 

4.10

 

Holders

As of March 15, 2017,16, 2018, based upon data provided by the transfer agent for our common stock, there were approximately 8987 holders of record of our common stock. The number of holders does not include individuals or entities who beneficially own shares but whose shares are held of record by a broker or clearing agent, but does include each such broker or clearing agency as one record holder.agent.

Dividends

We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, financial covenants in our loan agreement may restrict dividend payments. For a description of these financial covenants see Note C to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.On March 17, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase plan. Under the stock repurchase plan, the Company could purchase up to $12.0 million of its common stock through open market and privately negotiated transactions during fiscal 2017.  Through February 3, 2018, the Company purchased 1,878,434 shares of common stock at an average price of $2.49 per share.  There were no stock repurchases during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 and the Board-approved stock repurchase plan expired at the end of the fiscal year on February 3, 2018.

 


Stock Performance Graph

The following Performance Graph compares our cumulative stockholder return with a broad market index (Standard & Poor’s 500) and one published industry index (Dow Jones U.S. Apparel Retailers) for each of the most recent five years ended January 31. The cumulative stockholder return for shares of our common stock (“DXLG”) and each of the indices is calculated assuming that $100 was invested on January 31, 2012.2013. We paid no cash dividends during the periods shown. The performance of the indices is shown on a total return (dividends reinvested) basis. The graph lines merely connect January 31 of each year and do not reflect fluctuations between those dates. In addition, we have included a chart of the annual percentage return of our common stock, the S&P 500 and the Dow Jones U.S. Apparel Retailers.

Annual Return Percentage

 

 

Year ended

 

 

Year ended

 

Company/Index

 

 

 

Jan 13

 

 

Jan 14

 

 

Jan 15

 

 

Jan 16

 

 

Jan 17

 

 

 

 

Jan 14

 

 

Jan 15

 

 

Jan 16

 

 

Jan 17

 

 

Jan 18

 

DXLG

DXLG

 

 

37.3

%

 

 

17.0

%

 

 

(5.6

%)

 

 

(15.4

%)

 

 

(23.3

%)

DXLG

 

 

17.0

%

 

 

(5.6

%)

 

 

(15.4

%)

 

 

(23.3

%)

 

 

(21.8

%)

S&P 500

S&P 500

 

 

13.8

%

 

 

19.0

%

 

 

11.9

%

 

 

(2.7

%)

 

 

18.3

%

S&P 500

 

 

19.0

%

 

 

11.9

%

 

 

(2.7

%)

 

 

18.3

%

 

 

20.4

%

Dow Jones U.S. Apparel Retailers

Dow Jones U.S. Apparel Retailers

 

 

23.4

%

 

 

12.1

%

 

 

19.3

%

 

 

(2.9

%)

 

 

(4.5

%)

Dow Jones U.S. Apparel Retailers

 

 

12.1

%

 

 

19.3

%

 

 

(2.9

%)

 

 

(4.5

%)

 

 

9.4

%

 

Indexed Returns

 

 

Base Period

 

 

 

 

 

Base Period

 

 

 

 

 

Jan 12

 

 

Jan 13

 

 

Jan 14

 

 

Jan 15

 

 

Jan 16

 

 

Jan 17

 

 

Jan 13

 

 

Jan 14

 

 

Jan 15

 

 

Jan 16

 

 

Jan 17

 

 

Jan 18

 

Company/Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DXLG

 

$

100

 

 

$

137.31

 

 

$

160.60

 

 

$

151.64

 

 

$

128.36

 

 

$

98.51

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

116.96

 

 

$

110.43

 

 

$

93.48

 

 

$

71.74

 

 

$

56.09

 

S&P 500

 

$

100

 

 

$

113.81

 

 

$

135.42

 

 

$

151.56

 

 

$

147.40

 

 

$

174.32

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

118.99

 

 

$

133.17

 

 

$

129.51

 

 

$

153.17

 

 

$

184.37

 

Dow Jones U.S. Apparel Retailers

 

$

100

 

 

$

123.42

 

 

$

138.38

 

 

$

165.08

 

 

$

160.36

 

 

$

153.12

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

112.12

 

 

$

133.75

 

 

$

129.93

 

 

$

124.06

 

 

$

135.74

 

 

The performance graph above shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This graph will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

 

 

 

 


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data of our Company as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

We derived the selected financial data presented below for the periods or dates indicated from our consolidated financial statements. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the yearsfive-year period ended January 28, 2017, January 30, 2016, January 31, 2015  and February 1, 20143, 2018 were audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the yearyears ended February 2, 2013 were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 are included in this Annual Report.

For a discussion of certain factors that materially affect the comparability of the selected consolidated financial data or cause the data reflected herein not to be indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  

 


 

 

Fiscal Years Ended (1)

 

 

 

 

February

3, 2018

(Fiscal 2017)

 

 

January

28, 2017

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

January

30, 2016

(Fiscal 2015)

 

 

January

31, 2015

(Fiscal 2014)

 

 

February

1, 2014

(Fiscal 2013)

 

 

 

 

(In millions, except per share and operating data)

 

 

INCOME STATEMENT DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

468.0

 

 

$

450.3

 

 

$

442.2

 

 

$

414.0

 

 

$

386.5

 

 

Gross profit, net of occupancy costs

 

 

210.4

 

 

 

204.9

 

 

 

203.8

 

 

 

190.0

 

 

 

176.4

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

193.2

 

 

 

173.3

 

 

 

180.6

 

 

 

174.8

 

 

 

169.1

 

 

Impairment of assets (2)

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

31.1

 

 

 

30.2

 

 

 

28.4

 

 

 

23.7

 

 

 

19.3

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(18.0

)

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

(5.1

)

 

 

(8.8

)

 

 

(13.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

(2.6

)

(5)

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

45.7

 

(5)

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(18.8

)

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$

(11.2

)

 

$

(60.3

)

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

0.5

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(18.8

)

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$

(12.3

)

 

$

(59.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share - diluted

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.23

)

 

$

(1.24

)

 

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.25

)

 

$

(1.23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital(3)

 

$

11.9

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

28.1

 

 

$

42.8

 

 

$

50.6

 

 

Inventories

 

 

103.3

 

 

 

117.4

 

 

 

125.0

 

 

 

115.2

 

 

 

105.6

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

111.0

 

 

 

124.3

 

 

 

125.0

 

 

 

120.3

 

 

 

102.9

 

 

Total assets(3)

 

 

240.4

 

 

 

269.3

 

 

 

274.3

 

 

 

259.9

 

 

 

236.7

 

 

Long term debt, net of current portion(3)

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

26.2

 

 

 

12.0

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

70.0

 

 

 

88.5

 

 

 

88.4

 

 

 

92.4

 

 

 

105.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow provided by operating activities

 

$

31.0

 

 

$

35.0

 

 

$

18.4

 

 

$

13.8

 

 

$

24.9

 

 

less: capital expenditures, infrastructure projects

 

 

(9.7

)

 

 

(9.6

)

 

 

(13.3

)

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

(10.0

)

 

less: capital expenditures for DXL stores

 

 

(12.9

)

 

 

(19.6

)

 

 

(20.1

)

 

 

(30.4

)

 

 

(44.1

)

 

Free cash flow (Non-GAAP measure)(4)

 

$

8.4

 

 

$

5.8

 

 

$

(15.0

)

 

$

(27.1

)

 

$

(29.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable sales percentage

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

6.4

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

Gross profit margins

 

 

45.0

%

 

 

45.5

%

 

 

46.1

%

 

 

45.9

%

 

 

45.6

%

 

EBITDA (Non-GAAP measure)(4)

 

$

13.0

 

 

$

31.2

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

14.9

 

 

$

5.8

 

 

EBITDA, adjusted for impairment of assets ("Adjusted EBITDA") (Non-GAAP measure)(4)

 

$

17.1

 

 

$

31.6

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

15.2

 

 

$

7.3

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin (Non-GAAP measure) (4)

 

 

3.7

%

 

 

7.0

%

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

3.7

%

 

 

1.9

%

 

Operating margin

 

 

(3.9

%)

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

(1.2

%)

 

 

(2.1

%)

 

 

(3.5

%)

 

Number of stores open at fiscal year end

 

 

342

 

 

 

343

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

353

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended (1)(2)

 

 

 

 

January

28, 2017

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

January

30, 2016

(Fiscal 2015)

 

 

January

31, 2015

(Fiscal 2014)

 

 

February

1, 2014

(Fiscal 2013)

 

 

February

2, 2013

(Fiscal 2012)

 

 

 

 

(In millions, except per share and operating data)

 

 

INCOME STATEMENT DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

450.3

 

 

$

442.2

 

 

$

414.0

 

 

$

386.5

 

 

$

397.6

 

 

Gross profit, net of occupancy costs

 

 

204.9

 

 

 

203.8

 

 

 

190.0

 

 

 

176.4

 

 

 

183.7

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

173.3

 

 

 

180.6

 

 

 

174.8

 

 

 

169.1

 

 

 

154.4

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

30.6

 

(4)

 

28.4

 

 

 

24.0

 

(4)

 

20.8

 

(4)

 

15.5

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

(5.1

)

 

 

(8.8

)

 

 

(13.5

)

 

 

13.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

45.7

 

(5)

 

5.2

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$

(11.2

)

 

$

(60.3

)

 

$

8.0

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

(1.9

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$

(12.3

)

 

$

(59.8

)

 

$

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share - diluted

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.23

)

 

$

(1.24

)

 

$

0.17

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.25

)

 

$

(1.23

)

 

$

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital(6)

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

28.1

 

 

$

42.8

 

 

$

50.6

 

 

$

82.5

 

 

Inventories

 

 

117.4

 

 

 

125.0

 

 

 

115.2

 

 

 

105.6

 

 

 

104.2

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

124.3

 

 

 

125.0

 

 

 

120.3

 

 

 

102.9

 

 

 

65.9

 

 

Total assets(6)

 

 

269.3

 

 

 

274.3

 

 

 

259.9

 

 

 

236.7

 

 

 

245.9

 

 

Long term debt, net of current portion(6)

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

26.2

 

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

88.5

 

 

 

88.4

 

 

 

92.4

 

 

 

105.0

 

 

 

161.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow provided by operating activities

 

$

35.0

 

 

$

18.4

 

 

$

13.8

 

 

$

24.9

 

 

$

29.9

 

 

less: capital expenditures, infrastructure projects

 

 

(9.6

)

 

 

(13.3

)

 

 

(10.5

)

 

 

(10.0

)

 

 

(6.8

)

 

Free cash flow before DXL capital expenditures(3) (Non-GAAP measure)

 

$

25.4

 

 

$

5.1

 

 

$

3.3

 

 

$

14.9

 

 

$

23.1

 

 

less: capital expenditures for DXL stores

 

 

(19.6

)

 

 

(20.1

)

 

 

(30.4

)

 

 

(44.1

)

 

 

(25.6

)

 

Free cash flow (Non-GAAP measure)(3)

 

$

5.8

 

 

$

(15.0

)

 

$

(27.1

)

 

$

(29.2

)

 

$

(2.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable sales percentage

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

6.4

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

1.5

%

 

Gross profit margins

 

 

45.5

%

 

 

46.1

%

 

 

45.9

%

 

 

45.6

%

 

 

46.2

%

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

   (Non-GAAP measure) (3)

 

$

31.6

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

15.2

 

 

$

7.3

 

 

$

29.3

 

 

EBITDA margin from continuing operations

   (Non-GAAP measure) (3)

 

 

7.0

%

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

3.7

%

 

 

1.9

%

 

 

7.4

%

 

Operating margin

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

(1.2

%)

 

 

(2.1

%)

 

 

(3.5

%)

 

 

3.5

%

 

Net sales per square foot (7)

 

$

182

 

 

$

183

 

 

$

179

 

 

$

174

 

 

$

179

 

 

Number of stores open at fiscal year end

 

 

343

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

353

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

412

 

 


(1)

Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53- week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Except for fiscal 2012 whichFiscal 2017 was a 53-week period, all other fiscal years were 52-weeks. Certain columns may not foot due to rounding.

(2)

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we discontinued our direct business with Sears Canada and, during the second quarter of fiscal 2012, we discontinued our European web business. Accordingly, certain prior year amounts in the Income Statement Data were reclassified to discontinued operations to conform to the current year presentation.

(3)

“EBITDA from continuing operations,” “EBITDA margin from continuing operations,” “Free cash flow before DXL capital expenditures” and “Free cash flow” are non-GAAP measures.  See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” for information on these non-GAAP measures and reconciliations to comparable GAAP measures, with the exception of EBITDA margin from continuing operations, which is calculated by taking EBITDA from continuing operations and dividing it by Sales.


(4)

IncludesThe impairment charges of $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $1.5 million for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively, forrelate to the write-down of property and equipment.  The impairment charges relateequipment, related to stores where the carrying value exceeds fair value. Fiscal 2017 also includes the write-off of $1.9 million for technology projects which were abandoned in fiscal 2017.  See Note A to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(5)

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, we recorded a non-cash charge of $51.3 million to establish a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. See Note D to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(6)(3)

In fiscal 2015, we elected early adoption of ASU 2015-03, “Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30), Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.”  The guidance simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding liability.  Accordingly, selected balance sheet data for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.  Total unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.2 million were not reclassified for fiscal 2012, because there was no outstanding balance under our Credit Facility at February 2, 2013.

(7)(4)

Sales per square foot”EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA margin” and “Free cash flow” are non-GAAP measures.  See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” for information on these non-GAAP measures and reconciliations to comparable GAAP measures, with the exception of Adjusted EBITDA margin, which is calculated based onby taking Adjusted EBITDA and dividing it by Sales.

(5)

In the built-out square footagefourth quarter of fiscal 2013, we recorded a store,non-cash charge of $51.3 million to establish a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, as opposeda result of the elimination of the corporate alternative minimum (“AMT”) tax and the ability to selling square footage.receive a refund for our AMT credit, we recognized an income tax benefit of $2.1 million, associated with reversing the corresponding valuation allowance against this asset. See Note D to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

As noted above in Part 1, this Annual Report, including, without limitation, this Item 7, contains “forward-looking statements,” including forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results or developments could differ materially from those projected in such statements as a result of numerous factors, including, without limitation those risks and uncertainties set forth in Item 1A, Risk Factors, which you are encouraged to read. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in light of those risks and uncertainties and in conjunction with our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

Certain figures discussed below may not addfoot due to rounding.

Segment Reporting

We report our operations as one reportable segment, Big & Tall Men’s Apparel.  We consider our retail and direct businesses, especially in our growing omni-channel environment, to be similar in terms of economic characteristics, production processes and operations, and have therefore aggregated them into a single reporting segment.

Comparable Sales Definition

The Company’s 2017 fiscal year included 53 weeks compared with 52 weeks in fiscal 2016. Accordingly, year-over-year comparisons of total sales for the fourth quarter and full year are affected by an extra week of sales in fiscal 2017. However, for comparable sales, the Company is reporting on a comparable weeks basis (e.g. the 14 and 53 weeks ended February 3, 2018 compared with the 14 and 53 weeks ended February 4, 2017, respectively).

Total comparable sales include our retail stores that have been open for at least 13 months and our direct business.  Stores that have been remodeled or re-located during the period are also included in our determination of comparable sales. Stores that have been expanded by more than 25% are considered non-comparable for the first 13 months.  If a store becomes a clearance center, it is also removed from the calculation of comparable sales.  The method of calculating comparable sales varies across the retail industry and, as a result, our calculation of comparable sales is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other retailers.  

Our customer’s shopping experience continues to evolve across multiple channels and we are continually changing to meet his needs.  Since fiscal 2014 the majority of our retail stores have the capability of fulfilling online orders if merchandise is not available in the warehouse.  As a result, we continue to see more transactions that begin online but are ultimately completed at the store level.  Similarly, if a customer visits a store and the item is out of stock, the associate can order the item through our websites.website.  A customer also has the ability to order online and pick-up in a store.  Because this omni-channel approach to retailing is changing the boundaries of where a sale originates and where a sale is ultimately settled, we do not report comparable sales separately for our retail and direct businesses.  We have continuedHowever, as we invest in building our e-commerce platform, bringing a heightened digital focus to provide specific informationour Company, additional disclosure on our DXL comparable store salese-commerce growth as it relates to our current initiatives is important.  Beginning in connection with our ongoing roll-out. With over 200 DXL stores at the endsecond quarter of fiscal 2016, we are nearing the end of our rollout and for fiscal 2017, we will transition to onedefine store sales as sales that originate and are fulfilled directly at the store level.  E-commerce sales are defined as sales that originate online, including those initiated online at the store level.  This reclassification on how we define a store sale from an e-commerce sale had no effect on our previous disclosure of total Company comparable sales figure for the Company and will no longer provide specific information on our DXL comparable store sales.or how we report them.    

Non-GAAP Measures

We monitor certain non-GAAP financial measures on a regular basis in order to track the progress of our business. These measures include adjusted net loss, adjusted net loss per diluted share, free cash flow, before DXL capital expenditures, free cash flow, EBITDA EBITDA from continuing operations and EBITDA margin from continuing operations.adjusted EBITDA.  We believe these measures provide helpful information with respect to the Company’s operating performance and that the inclusion of these non-GAAP measures is important to assist investors in comparing our performance in fiscal 20162017 to fiscal 20152016 and fiscal 2014.2015.  We also provide certain forward-looking information with respect to certain of these non-GAAP financial measures. However, these measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies and should not be considered superior to or as a substitute for net loss, loss from continuing operations, net loss per diluted share or cash flows from operating activities in accordance with GAAP.  See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below for additional information on these non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliations to comparable GAAP measures.


EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

(in millions, except for per share data)

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

Net loss

 

$

(18.8

)

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

Adjusted net loss (1)

 

$

(12.8

)

 

$

(1.3

)

 

$

(6.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

Adjusted net loss

 

$

(0.26

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges

 

$

4.1

 

 

$

0.4

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

$

13.0

 

 

$

31.2

 

 

$

23.3

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

 

$

17.1

 

 

$

31.6

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

$

31.0

 

 

$

35.0

 

 

$

18.4

 

Free cash flow

 

$

8.4

 

 

$

5.8

 

 

$

(15.0

)

(1)

Adjusted net loss and adjusted EBITDA exclude impairment charges.  Adjusted net loss, for all periods, assumes a normalized tax benefit of 26%. See “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.

In fiscal 2017, we focused on key initiatives aimed towards growing our digital presence and strengthening our brand awareness in an effort to drive traffic to both our stores and website.  We incurred a significant increase in marketing spend, which consisted of an integrated social, digital and media marketing campaign as well as enhancements to our website to fuel these initiatives.

Our comparable sales through the first three quarters of fiscal 2017 were down (0.5%) to the prior year.  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, we started to see an improvement in store traffic that resulted in a fourth quarter comparable sales increase of 4.3%, resulting in a full year comparable increase of 0.9%.  Our sales productivity metrics were consistent throughout fiscal 2017, with dollars per transactions, units per transaction and conversion rates all up over fiscal 2016.

Our Holiday campaign showcased several celebrities with his own sense of #XLstyle. Our brand awareness, which was 34% at the end of fiscal 2016, and 38% before the Holiday campaign, increased to an all-time high of 42% after the campaign.  While we were pleased with this increase in awareness, the campaign did not drive store traffic to the extent we expected.  While the campaign drove significant traffic to our website, conversion was down.  As we head into fiscal 2018, we plan to tailor our 2018 marketing initiatives to better connect with our customer on a more personal and emotional level, highlighting our stores, exclusive brands, fit and quality.

Sales from our direct business increased to 21.0% of our total sales in fiscal 2017 as compared to 19.9% in fiscal 2016.   During fiscal 2017, we made a number of foundational changes to our website in an effort to streamline and simplify the shopping experience for our customers. We are also taking a “mobile-first” mindset with respect to how we engage with our customers as the retail industry as a whole is seeing an increase in mobile engagement.  Beyond our own e-commerce site, we are also growing our business with third-party marketplaces, working with companies such as Amazon to broaden our brand reach.  We have been pleased with our continued improvement inthe progress we have seen and expect this will continue to be an area of growth as we head into fiscal 2016, despite overall weakness of the retail environment. Our2018.

For fiscal 2017, we had a net loss for fiscal 2016 was $(2.3)of $(18.8) million, or $(0.05)$(0.39) per diluted share, compared with a net loss of $(8.4)$(2.3) million, or $(0.17)$(0.05) per diluted share in fiscal 2015.  Sales growth2016.  The decrease of $(0.34) per diluted share, was primarily due to an increase of $11.3 million, or $(0.23) per diluted share, in marketing and $3.7 million, or $(0.08) per diluted share of impairment charges.  Similarly, adjusted EBITDA decreased $14.5 million to $17.1 million, compared to $31.6 million in fiscal 2016, was 1.8% and EBITDA increased 35.8%primarily due to $31.6 million as compared to $23.3 million at fiscal 2015.  Due to the intensive capital requirements associated with our DXL transition strategy, depreciation costs have increased over the past 3 years.  As a result, we believe EBITDA is a key performance indicator as to how well our strategy is working.  


Our DXL concept has been the principal driver of our sales growth and improvement in profitability.  For fiscal 2016, our 166 comparable DXL retail stores had a sales increase of 2.4%, which we believe demonstrates that our store associates are able to increase the quality of sale using our proven selling model, despite the lack of store traffic we experienced in the latter half of fiscal 2016. Regionally, sales for our DXL stores located in the central part of the country, which accounted for approximately 40% of our DXL sales during fiscal 2016, trailed sales from our DXL stores located in coastal states by approximately 600 basis points.  We believe that this disparity is due in part to the uncertainty in the U.S. economic and political climate that impacted the retail industry, especially in the second half of fiscal 2016, and contributed to slower than expected top-line growth for us.  Sales per square foot for our DXL retail stores increased to $180 in fiscal 2016 from $177 in fiscal 2015 and $165 in fiscal 2014. Of the 192 DXL retail stores open at the end of fiscal 2016, 49 had sales per square foot in excess of $200. Overall, we are converting traffic with number of transactions up 1.9%, dollars per transactions up 0.5% and units per transactions up 2.0% over fiscal 2015.

Over the past several years, we have relied on our Spring and Fall television and radio campaigns to build brand awareness and drive traffic.  For the Spring 2016 campaign we made the decision to air our 2015 commercial rather than invest in a new creative campaign.  We found that the Spring 2016 television campaign did not drive a meaningful improvement in traffic or customer awareness.  As a result, we decided to eliminate our Fall television advertising campaign and instead redirect some of those funds into digital advertising. There were several factors involved in our decision to eliminate the Fall campaign: (i) we believed that the regional difference in sales that we started to see in September was an indicator that there may be a larger macro-economic issue, (ii) we believed that the Spring campaign did not provide the increase in store traffic that we were expecting, and (iii) there was uncertainty surrounding the impact the political environment was having on our customer base. Subsequently, customer feedback on our commercial also indicated that we were not connecting on the key points necessarymarketing costs of $11.3 million.  

We continued to drive traffic. While this decision likely had a negative impact on our top-line growth, we believed that given the current economic and political environment, eliminating the Fall television campaign and instead redirecting a portion of the marketing funds into digital advertising offered a better return on investment this fiscal year.  However, we also saw an unexpected dropmake significant improvements in customer awareness for the first time since we began opening DXL stores and believe that this was due to the lack of media advertising.  With only 4 out of 10 customers knowing who we are, brand awareness and new customer acquisition is key to our success in driving sales growth and building market share, so we will be reinvesting in our marketing programs in fiscal 2017 and expect to spend approximately $25.0 million in fiscal 2017 to help create store traffic and grow brand awareness.

A significant contributor to our DXL sales growth has been our “end-of-rack” customer.  We define “end-of-rack” customer as any customer with a waist size 46 inches or less.  For fiscal 2016, our end-of-rack customer represented 45.0% of our sales in bottoms, compared with 44.0% for fiscal 2015.  Consistent with our overall results, we saw this growth slow during the latter half of fiscal 2016, which we believe is partially attributable to our decision not to run the Fall campaign.

From a liquidity perspective, during fiscal 2016 we achieved our objective of funding the build out of our DXL stores from free cash flow.  We also started to pay down our debt levels for the first time since we started our DXL rollout four years ago.  Cash flow from operations improved by $16.6 million.  This improvement, with a $4.2 million decrease in capital expenditures, resulted in a $20.8 million improvement in free cash flow.  

The improvement in cash flow from operations is largely due to the positive results from our inventory optimization project that we implementedwhich resulted in fiscal 2016.inventory levels decreasing by $14.1 million at February 3, 2018 as compared January 28, 2017.  We made several improvements to streamline operations at our distribution center, including tighterare improving inventory receipt flow and procurement, tightening controls over the number of merchandise weeks of supply and improvements in inventory receipt flow and procurement.  This project contributed to inventory levels decreasingrefining our in-stock positions by $7.6 million at January 28, 2017 compared to January 30, 2016, which resulted in significant improvement in working capital, thus improving free cash flow.  As reflected in our “Fiscal 2017 Outlook” below, we expect these changes to result in a more optimized inventory structure that will continue to improve our working capital position through fiscal 2017.  We do not believe these changes have or will jeopardize sales from out-of-stock positions in either our stores or in our direct business.  sku level.

Our capitalCapital expenditures decreased slightly in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 due to fewer store openings, at a lower average square footage, than fiscal 2015.footage.  During fiscal 2016,2017, we opened 2620 DXL retail stores and 41 DXL outlet stores.  In addition, we closed 28 Casual Male XL retail stores and 4 Casual Male XL outlet stores.

Fiscal 2017 Outlook

In light of the difficult retail environment we experienced in the latter half of fiscal 2016, we are taking a watchful approach to fiscal 2017.  Our primary objective in fiscal 2017 is to grow our customer base through a revitalized marketing program and to maintain a strong liquidity position by continuing to improve cash flow.  We will be reinvesting in our marketing initiatives to help drive brand awareness, store traffic and our digital presence by increasing our marketing plan for fiscal 2017 by approximately $6.8 million to $25.0 million. We will continue to work on our inventory optimization project which was started in fiscal 2016 and, on an annual


basis, our DXL store growth will be funded from operations.  As a result, we expect to open 19 DXL retail stores and 1 DXL outlet store in fiscal 2017, while closing 16 Casual Male XL retail stores and 3 Casual Male XL outlet stores.


In the first half of fiscal 2017, we repurchased approximately 1.9 million shares of our common stock at a total cost of approximately $4.7 million. Our stock repurchase plan, discussed more fully below under “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” ended on February 3, 2018.  After accounting for our increased investment in marketing, repurchases under our stock repurchase program, inventory efficiency savings, and the reduction in capital expenditures, we were able to generate $8.4 million of free cash flow compared to $5.8 million at the end of fiscal 2016.  The net cash flow enabled us to reduce our total debt by $3.7 million as compared to the prior year.

Subsequent Event

Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2017, on March 23, 2018, the Company announced that David Levin, President and Chief Executive Officer, plans to retire as President and CEO and director of the Company by the end of 2018. The Company’s board of directors has initiated a search process to identify a successor for Mr. Levin, which is expected to be completed by the end of 2018. The search will include a review of both internal and external candidates.  Mr. Levin is also prepared to provide transition support and assist on requested projects following his retirement as CEO.  The Company and Mr. Levin have entered into a Transition Agreement dated as of March 20, 2018. See Note K, Subsequent Event, to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosure.

Fiscal 2018 Outlook

Our strategy for fiscal 2018 remains focused on customer acquisition, customer retention, and customer re-activation.  We intend to launch a new creative advertising campaign with two flights of television: 6 weeks in Spring, and 5 weeks in Fall.  Our marketing spend for the year is expected to be approximately $24.0 million which is less than fiscal 2017 spend of approximately $29.5 million, but greater than fiscal 2016 spend of $18.0 million.  Compared to fiscal 2017, we are projecting that our total sales for the year will be negatively impacted by one less week of sales and a net decrease in store count of nine stores, worth approximately $5.3 million in sales.  Fiscal 2017 included a 53rd week, with sales of $6.9 million and operating income of $1.6 million.

We expect to open 3 new DXL stores in fiscal 2018 and plan to remodel 2 Casual Male stores which will be re-branded as DXL.

For fiscal 2017,2018, our outlook, based on a 53-week52-week year and without consideration of additional costs that may be incurred in connection with Mr. Levin’s retirement and the successor CEO transition, is as follows:

Sales are expected to range from $470.0$462.0 million to $480.0$472.0 million, with a total company comparable sales increase of approximately 1.0% to 4.0%3.0%.

Gross margin rate of approximately 46.0%, an increase of 50 basis points from fiscal 2016.45.0%.

Net loss, on a GAAP basis, of $(5.7)$(8.3) to $(11.7)$(14.3) million, or $(0.11)$(0.17) to $(0.23)$(0.29) per diluted share. 

EBITDA of $18.0 to $24.0 to $30.0 million, a decrease from fiscal 2016 as a result of increased marketing costs.million.  

Adjusted net loss of $(0.06)$(0.12) to $(0.14)$(0.22) per diluted share.  Because we expect to continue providing a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we do not expect to recognize any income tax benefit in fiscal 2017.2018. This non-GAAP net loss was calculated, assuming a normal tax benefit of approximately 40%26%, by taking the 20172018 forecasted earnings of a net loss of $(0.11)$(0.17) to $(0.23)$(0.29) per diluted share and multiplying each by 40%26% to calculate an estimated income tax benefit of $(0.05)-$(0.09) to $(0.07) per diluted share, resulting in an adjusted net loss of $(0.06)$(0.12) to $(0.14)$(0.22) per diluted share.

Capital expenditures of approximately $22.0$11.4 million, $13.7$2.1 million of which will be for new and remodeled stores to the DXL storesformat and $8.3$9.3 million of which will be for digital and infrastructure projects, partially offset by approximately $5.0$1.1 million in tenant allowances. We expect to fund our capital expenditures primarily from our operating cash flow.

At the end of fiscal 2017,2018, we expect cash flow from operating activities of $37.0$20.5 million to $42.0$26.5 million (including tenant allowances), resulting in positive free cash flow before DXL capital expenditures, of approximately $28.7$9.1 million to $33.7 million. Free cash flow will be approximately $15.0 to $20.0$15.1 million.

As discussed more fully below under “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” subsequent to the end of fiscal 2016, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase plan, pursuant to which we can purchase up to $12.0 million of our outstanding common stock during fiscal 2017.  

Summary of Financial Results

(in millions, except for per share data)

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

Operating income (loss) (GAAP)

 

$

1.0

 

 

$

(5.1

)

 

$

(8.8

)

Add back: Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

30.6

 

 

 

28.4

 

 

 

24.0

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

 

$

31.6

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

15.2

 

EBITDA

 

$

31.6

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

14.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On a GAAP basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.23

)

Loss from discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Net loss

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On a Non-GAAP basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss from continuing operations

   (non-GAAP basis)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.13

)

Loss from discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Adjusted net loss  (Non-GAAP basis)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.16

)

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Fiscal 2017 was a 53-week year and fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were allboth 52-week periods.

SALES

Sales for fiscal 2017 increased 3.9% to $468.0 million as compared to $450.3 million for fiscal 2016.  The increase in sales is primarily due to sales from the 53rd week of $6.9 million, DXL non-comparable sales, net of closed stores, of $6.9 million and a comparable sales increase of $3.7 million, or 0.9%.  While store traffic was down for most of fiscal 2017, we did see increases in sales productivity with increases in average dollars per transactions, units per transaction and conversion.  Sales from our direct businesses as a percentage of net sales were 21.0% in fiscal 2017 as compared to 19.9% in fiscal 2016. Our end-of-rack customer grew to 45.6% of our bottoms business in fiscal 2017 from 44.6% in fiscal 2016.

 


SALES

 

 

Fiscal year

 

(in millions)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Sales from prior year

 

$

442.2

 

 

$

414.0

 

Less prior year sales for stores that have closed

 

 

(25.4

)

 

 

(34.6

)

 

 

$

416.8

 

 

$

379.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in comparable sales

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

18.0

 

Non-comparable sales, primarily DXL stores open less than 13

   months

 

 

30.5

 

 

 

44.2

 

Other, net

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.6

 

Sales

 

$

450.3

 

 

$

442.2

 

Sales for fiscal 2016 increased 1.8% to $450.3 million as compared to $442.2 million in fiscal 2015.  The increase in sales was partly due to sales from DXL stores opened less than 13 monthsnon-comparable store sales of $30.5 million, offset partially by lost sales of $25.4 million from closed and converted stores.  In addition, comparable sales increased $2.5 million, or 0.6%, compared to fiscal 2015.  

Included in the comparable sales increase of $2.5 million, are the comparable sales from our 166 DXL retail stores, which increased 2.4%, or $5.4 million in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015.  As we discussed above, storeStore traffic was down across the retail industry in the latter half of fiscal 2016, which we believe was due in part to the macroeconomic and political issues the country is currentlywas facing.  Regionally,In fiscal 2016, regionally, our stores in Coastal states performed better than our stores in Central states, whose comparable sales were, on average, 600 basis points less than our stores in Coastal states. We did, however, see positive performance from our non-comparable DXL stores which performed well against plan and our ‘return on investment’ hurdles, which is a good indicator that our store openings continue to perform well.  

In addition to the overall weakness in the retail industry, we also believe that our decision to eliminate our Fall marketing campaign, had a negative impact on sales and on building our customer base in fiscal 2016.  

Sales for fiscal 2015 increased 6.8% to $442.2 million as compared to $414.0 million in fiscal 2014.  The increase of $28.2 million in sales was primarily due to a comparable sales increase of 4.8%, or $18.0 million. Increase in our non-comparable sales, primarily from our DXL stores that have been opened less than 13 months, of $44.2 million and other revenue of $0.6 million were partially offset by a reduction of $34.6 million in lost sales from closed and converted stores.  Comparable sales from our 137 DXL retail stores increased 9.7%, or $16.0 million in fiscal 2015, against a 13.7% comparable sales increase in fiscal 2014.  The total number of transactions for these comparable stores increased 6.2% and dollars per transactions increased 3.3% over fiscal 2014.  

GROSS MARGIN

Gross margin rate for fiscal 20162017 was 45.5%45.0% as compared to 45.5% in fiscal 2016 and 46.1% in fiscal 20152015.

The gross margin of 45.0% for fiscal 2017 decreased 50 basis points from fiscal 2016.  The decrease was due to a 50 basis point decrease in merchandise margin, related to our inventory initiatives and 45.9%increased efforts to reduce slow-moving merchandise categories which resulted in higher promotional markdowns than the prior year.  Our inventory initiatives have resulted in a 12% decrease in inventory levels from a year ago, improved inventory turnover and days on hand, while at the same time managing a strong merchandise margin.  Occupancy costs, as a percent of sales, were flat.  On a dollar basis, occupancy costs for fiscal 2014.2017 increased approximately 4.0% over fiscal 2016, primarily as a result of an increase of 2.2% in total square footage and the increased percentage of DXL stores to our total store base.

The gross margin decrease of 60 basis points for fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015 was driven by a decrease of 40 basis points in merchandise margin and a 20 basis point increase in occupancy costs as a percentage of sales. The decrease in our merchandise margin of 40 basis points was mainly due to higher markdown activity associated with increased promotional activities. The increase in occupancy costs was due to occupancy expense increasing at a greater rate than sales.  

Included in the gross margin for fiscal 2014 was a $2.5 million payment we received to exit our San Francisco store prior to the end of its lease term.  This payment favorably benefited the gross margin for fiscal 2014 by 60 basis points.  Excluding the impact of that lease termination, occupancy costs for fiscal 2015 improved 40 basis points over fiscal 2014, primarily due to the growing sales base as well as the decrease in the average size of our DXL stores. Merchandise margins for fiscal 2015 increased 40 basis points as a result of strong initial margins, a lower markdown rate and less promotional activities.

Occupancy costs also included DXL transition costs related to preopening rent and landlord terminations of $1.1 million in fiscal 2016, $1.8 million in fiscal 2015 and $2.8 million in fiscal 2014.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 were 41.3%, 38.5% and 2014 were 38.5%, 40.8% and 42.2%, respectively.

SG&A expense for fiscal 2017 increased $19.9 million, or 11.5%, to $193.2 million as compared to $173.3 million in fiscal 2016.  The increase was principally due to an increase of $11.3 million in advertising expense. As discussed above, we increased our investment in our marketing initiatives in fiscal 2017 to help drive brand awareness, store traffic and our digital presence. The remainder of the increase was due to increases in store payroll and other supporting costs associated with a greater DXL store base and e-commerce initiatives and expenses for the additional 53rd week of approximately $2.5 million.  


SG&A expenses for fiscal 2016 decreased $7.3 million, or 4.0%, to $173.3 million as compared to $180.6 million in fiscal 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in advertising expense of approximately $5.4 million as well as a reduction in incentive accruals, including stock compensation, of approximately $5.4 million.  These decreases were partially offset by increases in store payroll of $1.1 million, associated with the higher sales base, healthcare costs of approximately $1.4 million and other corporate and supporting costs of $1.0 million.

SG&A expensesIMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

For fiscal 2017, we recorded impairment charges of $4.1 million, which consisted of $2.2 million for fiscal 2015 increased $5.8the impairment of long-lived assets related to stores where the carrying value exceeded fair value, and $1.9 million or 3.3%,for the write-off of certain costs associated with technology projects which were abandoned, due to $180.6 million as compared to $174.8 milliona shift in strategy, in fiscal 2014.  The increase in SG&A expenses of $5.8 million was due to increased store payroll and other supporting store costs of approximately $5.9 million, associated with the higher sales base, an increase in incentive accruals of $1.4 million, associated with the Company’s long-term incentive plans, and other corporate and supporting costs of $0.9 million.  These increases were partially offset by a reduction in marketing expenses of $2.4 million.

SG&A expenses included approximately $3.1 million, $3.8 million and $4.0 million of DXL transition costs for increased payroll-related costs, such as pre-opening payroll, training and store operations for2017.  For fiscal 2016, impairment charges of $0.4 million related to impairment of long-lived assets, related to stores.  There were no impairment charges in fiscal 20152015.

For comparability, impairment charges in fiscal 2016 of $0.4 million were reclassified from “Depreciation and fiscal 2014, respectively.amortization” to “Impairment of assets” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

Depreciation and amortization expense was $30.6$31.1 million for fiscal 2017 compared to $30.2 million for fiscal 2016 as compared toand $28.4 million for fiscal 2015 and $24.0 million for fiscal 2014.2015. The year-over-year increases in depreciation and amortization expense for both fiscal 20162017 and fiscal 2015 are2016 were primarily related to the opening of 3021 DXL retail and outlet stores in fiscal 20162017 and 3530 stores in fiscal 2015. 2016. With our new store growth complete, we expect that our depreciation levels will begin to decrease beginning in fiscal 2018.  


Included in depreciation and amortization is the amortization of our “Casual Male” trademark of $0.3 million, $0.5$0.3 million and $1.0$0.5 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, and 2014, respectively.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

Net interest expense for fiscal 20162017 was $3.1$3.4 million as compared to $3.1 million for fiscal 20152016 and $2.1fiscal 2015.  Although total debt at February 3, 2018 decreased $3.7 million for fiscal 2014.  Our interest costs in fiscal 2016 were flat to fiscal 2015, primarily due to our inventory initiatives undertaken to improve liquidity, EBITDA growth and lower capital expenditures. The increase from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015 was due to increased borrowings under our credit facility to finance our DXL store openings.

We have funded a portion of our store growth with equipment financings of $26.4 million, a $15.0 million term loan and borrowings under our credit facility. At January 28, 2017, our total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, has decreased $5.0average borrowings under our revolver during fiscal 2017 were approximately $7.6 million higher than fiscal 2016.  In addition, our average interest rate increased from January 30, 2016.  4.4% in fiscal 2016 to 4.7% in fiscal 2017.  

See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for more discussion regarding our credit facility, equipment financings and term loan as well as our future liquidity needs.

INCOME TAXES

Pursuant to accounting rules, realization of our deferred tax assets, which relate principally to federal net operating loss carryforwards expiring from 2022 through 2036, is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in the near term.

At the end of fiscal 2013, we entered a three-year cumulative loss and based on all positive and negative evidence at February 1, 2014, we established a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.  While we expect to return to profitability, generate taxable income and ultimately emerge from a three-year cumulative loss, based on our results for fiscal 20162017 and our earnings guidanceforecast for fiscal 2017,2018, we believe that a full valuation allowance remains appropriate at this time.  

In December 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Tax Act”) was enacted.  Because we have a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets at February 3, 2018, there was limited impact to our consolidated financial results.  The rate change impact on deferred tax assets as of February 3, 2018, due to the 2017 Tax Act, was $22.8 million and was fully offset by a corresponding decrease in our full valuation allowance against those deferred tax assets. The 2017 Tax Act also repealed the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and any AMT carryforward credit became refundable over a five year period.  As a result, we have reclassified our AMT credit of approximately $2.1 million from deferred tax assets to a non-current receivable account and have reversed the corresponding valuation allowance, resulting in an income tax benefit for fiscal 2017.

Our tax provisionprovisions for fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 iswere primarily attributable to current state margin tax and foreign income tax.    

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

During fiscal 2014, we exited our direct business with Sears Canada. The loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2014 included a charge of approximately $0.8 million related primarily to inventory reserves and sales allowances as a result of our decision to exit the business.   See Note J to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosure regarding discontinued operations.


NET LOSS

The net loss for fiscal 20162017 was $(18.8) million, or $(0.39) per diluted share, as compared to $(2.3) million, or $(0.05) per diluted share, as compared toin fiscal 2016 and a net loss of $(8.4) million, or $(0.17) per diluted share, in fiscal 20152015.

Results for fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016, included an increase in impairment charges of $3.7 million, or $0.08 per diluted share, and increased advertising costs of $11.3 million, or $0.23 per diluted share.  These additional costs were partially offset by the 53rd week which added approximately $1.6 million in operating income.  

On a non-GAAP basis, before impairments and assuming a normalized tax rate of 26% for all periods, adjusted net loss of $(12.3) million, or $(0.25)per share for fiscal 2017 was $(0.26) per diluted share, compared to $(0.03) per diluted share for fiscal 2016 and $(0.12) per diluted share in fiscal 2014.

(Certain amounts in the following table do not foot due to rounding)2015.  See “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” below.  

 

(in millions)

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

1.0

 

 

$

(5.1

)

 

$

(8.8

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

(2.1

)

Loss from continuing operations, before taxes

 

$

(2.1

)

 

$

(8.1

)

 

$

(10.9

)

Less: Provision for income taxes (1)

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$

(11.2

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(1.1

)

Net loss

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$

(12.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per diluted share

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.25

)

(1)

Because of the full valuation allowance established in fiscal 2013 against our deferred tax assets, no income tax benefit has been recognized.  See Note D of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for complete disclosure.


SEASONALITY

A comparison of sales in each quarter of the past three fiscal years is presented below. The amounts shown are not necessarily indicative of actual trends, because such amounts also reflect the addition of new stores and the remodeling and closing of other stores during these periods. Consistent with the retail apparel industry, our business is seasonal. Generally, the majority of our operating income is generated in the fourth quarter as a result of the impact of the holiday selling season. A comparison of quarterly sales, gross profit, and net income per share for the past two fiscal years is presented in Note LJ of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(in millions, except percentages)

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

First quarter

 

$

107.9

 

 

 

24.0

%

 

$

104.4

 

 

 

23.6

%

 

$

96.7

 

 

 

23.3

%

 

$

107.6

 

 

 

23.0

%

 

$

107.9

 

 

 

24.0

%

 

$

104.4

 

 

 

23.6

%

Second quarter

 

 

117.9

 

 

 

26.2

%

 

 

114.2

 

 

 

25.8

%

 

 

104.2

 

 

 

25.2

%

 

 

121.1

 

 

 

25.9

%

 

 

117.9

 

 

 

26.2

%

 

 

114.2

 

 

 

25.8

%

Third quarter

 

 

101.9

 

 

 

22.6

%

 

 

99.6

 

 

 

22.5

%

 

 

93.6

 

 

 

22.6

%

 

 

103.7

 

 

 

22.1

%

 

 

101.9

 

 

 

22.6

%

 

 

99.6

 

 

 

22.5

%

Fourth quarter

 

 

122.6

 

 

 

27.2

%

 

 

124.0

 

 

 

28.1

%

 

 

119.5

 

 

 

28.9

%

 

 

135.6

 

 

 

29.0

%

 

 

122.6

 

 

 

27.2

%

 

 

124.0

 

 

 

28.1

%

 

$

450.3

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

442.2

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

414.0

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

468.0

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

450.3

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

442.2

 

 

 

100.0

%

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

Although our operations are influenced by general economic trends, we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on the results of our operations in the last three fiscal years.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations and availability under our credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., which was most recently amended in October 2014 (“Credit Facility”). Our current cash needs are primarily for working capital (essentially inventory requirements), capital expenditures and growth initiatives, and, as discussed further below, ourinitiatives.  Our fiscal 2017 stock repurchase program, which was announcedis discussed below, expired at the end of the fiscal year.  We plan to manage our working capital and it is expected that excess cash from operations will be directed toward our growth initiatives and debt reductions to ensure availability given our inventory reduction initiatives, with consideration of further share repurchases, if excess availability beyond our operating needs exists.    

For fiscal 2017, cash flow from operating activities decreased by $4.0 million primarily as a result of the operating loss, partially offset by inventory initiatives which have improved timing of receipts and reduced weeks of supply on hand. Capital expenditures decreased $6.7 million as a result of fewer store openings in March 2017. With over 200 DXL stores now open, improvedfiscal 2017, resulting in an improvement in free cash flow and excess liquidityof $2.6 million to $8.4 million from $5.8 million for fiscal 2016. This free cash flow, together with borrowings under our Credit Facility, wecredit facility, was used to pay down $7.1 million on our long-term debt and repurchase stock. In total, debt outstanding at February 3, 2018 decreased $3.7 million from January 28, 2017.  

Despite the reduction in total debt, our borrowing base under our credit facility at the end of fiscal 2017 was approximately $15.2 million lower than at the end of fiscal 2016.  Because our availability is inventory-based, the decrease was directly attributable to our inventory reduction initiatives, which decreased inventory levels by approximately $14.1 million during fiscal 2017. The remaining decrease of $1.1 million was due to a higher level of outstanding letters of credit.  Our advance rate improved slightly, which is an indication of the quality of our inventory.  We believe that this availability, in addition to cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs during fiscal 2018.  By the repurchaseend of our stock is a good investment and will enhance shareholder value.  

Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2017 are expected to be approximately $22.0 million, primarily related to the planned opening of approximately 20 new DXL retail and outlet stores and information technology projects. However,2018, we expect to receivegenerate free cash flow of $9.1 million to $15.1 million, resulting in a corresponding expected decrease in total debt of approximately $5.0$9.1 million in tenant allowances to offset these capital expenditures.$15.1 million.  

We expect to fundWith our store growth and stock repurchase programfootprint essentially complete, we expect our capital expenditures will decrease considerably in fiscal 2018 to approximately $11.4 million, a decrease from $22.6 million in fiscal 2017 primarily through cash flow from operations, with periodic borrowings from our Credit Facility.and $29.2 million in fiscal 2016.  See “Capital Expenditures” below.


The following table sets forth financial data regarding our liquidity position at the end of the past three fiscal years:

 

(in millions, except ratios)

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

Cash provided by operations

 

$

35.0

 

 

$

18.4

 

 

$

13.8

 

 

$

31.0

 

 

$

35.0

 

 

$

18.4

 

Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs

 

$

63.1

 

 

$

68.1

 

 

$

52.3

 

 

$

59.4

 

 

$

63.1

 

 

$

68.1

 

Unused excess availability under Credit Facility

 

$

57.1

 

 

$

66.0

 

 

$

77.9

 

 

$

37.5

 

 

$

57.0

 

 

$

66.0

 

Working capital

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

28.1

 

 

$

42.8

 

 

$

11.9

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

28.1

 

Current ratio

 

1.2:1

 

 

1.2:1

 

 

1.5:1

 

 

1.1:1

 

 

1.2:1

 

 

1.2:1

 

For fiscal 2016, cash flow from operating activities improved by $16.6 million as a result of inventory initiatives implemented in fiscal 2016 to improve timing of receipts and reduce weeks of supply on hand. This improvement, along with a decrease in capital expenditures of $4.2 million as a result of less store openings in fiscal 2016 and an overall decrease in the average square footage of a new DXL store as compared to fiscal 2015, resulted in an improvement in free cash flow of $20.8 million to $5.8 million from $(15.0) million for fiscal 2015. 


The following is a summary of our total debt outstanding at January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, with the associated unamortized debt issuance costs:

 

(in thousands)

 

Gross Debt

Outstanding

 

 

Less Debt Issuance

Costs

 

 

Net Debt

Outstanding

 

 

Gross Debt

Outstanding

 

 

Less Debt Issuance

Costs

 

 

Net Debt

Outstanding

 

Credit facility

 

$

44,436

 

 

$

(339

)

 

$

44,097

 

 

$

47,601

 

 

$

(216

)

 

$

47,385

 

Equipment financing notes

 

 

6,589

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

6,548

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

500

 

Term loan, due 2019

 

 

12,750

 

 

 

(296

)

 

 

12,454

 

 

 

11,750

 

 

 

(189

)

 

 

11,561

 

Total debt

 

$

63,775

 

 

$

(676

)

 

$

63,099

 

 

$

59,852

 

 

$

(406

)

 

$

59,446

 

Credit Facility

Our Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. provides for a maximum committed borrowing of $125.0 million, which, pursuant to an accordion feature, may be increased to $175.0 million upon our request and the agreement of the lender(s) participating in the increase. The Credit Facility includes a sublimit of $20.0 million for commercial and standby letters of credit and a sublimit of up to $15.0 million for swingline loans. The maturity date of the Credit Facility is October 29, 2019. Our Credit Facility is described in more detail in Note C to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Borrowings made pursuant to the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the base rate (determined as the highest of (a) Bank of America N.A.’s prime rate, (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (c) the annual ICE-LIBOR (“LIBOR”) rate for the respective interest period) plus a varying percentage, based on our borrowing base, of 0.50%-0.75% for prime-based borrowings and 1.50%-1.75% for LIBOR-based borrowings.

We had outstanding borrowings of $44.4$47.6 million under the Credit Facility at January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018. Outstanding standby letters of credit were $2.9$3.3 million and outstanding documentary letters of credit were $0.5$1.3 million. The average monthly borrowing outstanding under the Credit Facility during fiscal 20162017 was approximately $52.1$59.7 million, resulting in an average unused excess availability of approximately $57.8$42.5 million. Unused excess availability at January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 was $57.1$37.5 million. Our obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets, excluding (i) a first priority lien held by the lenders of the Term Loan Facility described below on certain equipment of the Company and (ii) intellectual property.  

Equipment Financing LoansNotes

We have entered into twelve Equipment Security Notes (the “Notes”), whereby we borrowed an aggregate of $26.4 million.  The Notes, which were issued between September 2013 and June 2014, were issued pursuant to a Master Loan and Security Agreement with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC, dated July 20, 2007 and most recently amended September 30, 2013. The Notes are secured by a security interest in all of our rights, title and interest in and to certain equipment. The Notes are for 48 months and accrue interest at fixed rates ranging from 3.07% to 3.50%. Principal and interest, in arrears, are payable monthly. We are no longer subject to any prepayment penalties. The Notes are secured by a security interest in all of the Company’s rights, title and interest in and to certain equipment.

Term Loan, Due 2019

We have a $15.0 million senior secured term loan facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as administrative and collateral agent (the “Term Loan Facility”). The Term Loan Facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b) the one month LIBOR rate, plus 6.50%.  Interest payments are payable on the first business day of each calendar month, and


increase by 2% following the occurrence and during the continuance of an “event of default,” as defined in the Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility, which matures October 29, 2019, provides for quarterly principal payments on the first business day of each calendar quarter, which commenced the first business day of January 2015, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $250,000, subject to adjustment, with the balance payable on the termination date.

The Term Loan Facility includes usual and customary mandatory prepayment provisions for transactions of this type that are triggered by the occurrence of certain events. In addition, the amounts advanced under the Term Loan Facility can be optionally prepaid in whole or part. PrepaymentsWe are no longer subject to an early termination fee in the amount of 1% of the amount prepaid prior to October 29, 2017.  There is noany prepayment penalty after October 29, 2017.  penalties.

 

The Term Loan Facility is secured by a first priority lien on certain of our equipment, and a second priority lien on substantially all of our remaining assets, excluding intellectual property.


Stock Repurchase Program

Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2016,On March 17, 2017, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase plan. Under the stock repurchase plan, we maycould purchase up to $12.0 million of our common stock through open market and privately negotiated transactions during fiscal 2017.  The timing and the amount of any repurchases of common stock will bewas determined based on the Company’s evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock repurchase program is expected to commencecommenced in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and will expireexpired on February 3, 2018, but may be suspended, terminated or modified at any time for any reason.2018.  We expect to financefinanced the repurchases from operating funds and/or periodic borrowings on our Credit Facility.  Anyfunds.  

During fiscal 2017, the Company purchased 1,878,434 shares of common stock at an average price of $2.49 per share.  There were no stock repurchases during the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2017. The repurchased common stock will beis held as treasury stock.

INVENTORY

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, total inventories decreased to $117.4$103.3 million from $125.0$117.4 million at January 30, 2016.28, 2017. The reason for the $7.6$14.1 million decrease in inventory is directly attributable to our continued inventory initiatives implemented in fiscal 2016 to improve timing of receipts and reduce weeks of supply on hand. As a result of these initiatives, the average inventory per total built-out square footage of stores has decreased 13.9% to $47.86 at February 3, 2018 from $55.60 per square foot at January 28, 2017 decreased 9.5% to $55.60 per square foot as compared toand $61.46 per square foot at January 30, 2016.  At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, our clearance inventory represented 7.9%9.8% of our total inventory, as compared to 8.1%7.9% at January 30,28, 2017. This increased percentage of clearance is primarily due to the lower inventory base as a result of the inventory productivity initiatives at fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (Certain amounts in the following table do not foot due to rounding):

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

Payments due by period

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

 

1 to 3 years

 

 

3 to 5 years

 

 

More than 5 years

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

 

1 to 3 years

 

 

3 to 5 years

 

 

More than 5 years

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

(in millions)

 

Operating leases (1)

 

$

362.3

 

 

$

58.8

 

 

$

98.0

 

 

$

84.5

 

 

$

121.0

 

 

$

343.0

 

 

$

58.6

 

 

$

103.4

 

 

$

91.0

 

 

$

90.0

 

Long-term debt obligations (2)

 

 

19.3

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

12.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.3

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

10.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on long-term debt obligations (3)

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-merchandise purchase obligations (4)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise purchase obligations (5)

 

 

33.0

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

 

22.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise purchase obligations (4)

 

 

31.5

 

 

 

11.5

 

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Commitments (6)

 

$

417.4

 

 

$

77.7

 

 

$

134.3

 

 

$

84.5

 

 

$

121.0

 

Total Commitments (5)

 

$

388.2

 

 

$

72.4

 

 

$

134.7

 

 

$

91.0

 

 

$

90.0

 

(1)

Includes amounts due on our lease agreement for our corporate headquarters and distribution center and operating leases for all of our current store locations and certain equipment and auto leases.

(2)

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we had $44.4$47.6 million outstanding under our credit facility, which is excluded from the above table.

(3)

Interest on long-term obligations is estimated using the current effective rate for each of the Equipment Financing Loans and Term Loan over the remaining term of the respective debt, taking into account scheduled repayments.

(4)

Non-merchandise Purchase Obligations includes amounts due pursuant to a procurement arrangement for capital purchases.


(5)

Merchandise Purchase Obligations include amounts for which we are contractually committed to meet certain minimum purchases. These commitments are contingent on the supplier meeting its obligations under the contract. Excluded from Merchandise Purchase Obligations in the table above are our outstanding obligations pursuant to open purchase orders. At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we had approximately $69.2$59.5 million in open purchase orders. We estimate that approximately 95% of these purchase orders may be considered non-cancelable.

(6)(5)

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we had an unfunded Pension Obligation of $4.7$3.4 million and obligations under our Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan of $0.7$0.5 million, which are not included in the table because of uncertainty over whether or when further contributions will be required.


CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

The following table sets forth the open stores and related square footage at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 respectively:

 

 

At January 28, 2017

 

 

At January 30, 2016

 

 

At February 3, 2018

 

 

At January 28, 2017

 

Store Concept

 

Number of

Stores

 

 

Square

Footage

 

 

Number of

Stores

 

 

Square

Footage

 

 

Number of

Stores

 

 

Square

Footage

 

 

Number of

Stores

 

 

Square

Footage

 

(square footage in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DXL Retail

 

 

192

 

 

 

1,542

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

1,369

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

1,665

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

1,542

 

DXL Outlet

 

 

13

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

66

 

Casual Male XL Retail

 

 

97

 

 

 

340

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

443

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

340

 

Casual Male XL Outlet

 

 

36

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

113

 

Rochester Clothing

 

 

5

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

51

 

Total Stores

 

 

343

 

 

 

2,112

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

2,034

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

2,159

 

 

 

343

 

 

 

2,112

 

Below is a summary of store openings and closings from January 30, 201628, 2017 to January 28, 2017:February 3, 2018:

 

Number of Stores:

 

DXL Retail

 

 

DXL Outlet

 

 

Casual Male

XL Retail

 

 

Casual Male

XL Outlet

 

 

Rochester

Clothing

 

 

Total Stores

 

 

DXL Retail

 

 

DXL Outlet

 

 

Casual Male

XL Retail

 

 

Casual Male

XL Outlet

 

 

Rochester

Clothing

 

 

Total Stores

 

At January 30, 2016

 

 

166

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

345

 

At January 28, 2017

 

 

192

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

343

 

New stores(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Replaced stores(2)

 

 

26

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Closed retail stores(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

At January 28, 2017

 

 

192

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

343

 

At February 3, 2018

 

 

212

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

342

 

(1)

Represents stores opened in new markets.markets, including two stores located in Toronto, Canada.

(2)

Represents the total number of DXL stores opened in existing markets with the corresponding total number of Casual Male XL stores and/or Rochester Clothing stores closed in such markets in connection with those DXL store openings. Also includes two DXL outlet stores that replaced Casual Male XL outlets during fiscal 2016.

(3)

Represents closed stores for which there were no corresponding openings of a DXL store in the same market.

Our capital expenditures for fiscal 20162017 were $29.2$22.6 million, as compared to $29.2 million in fiscal 2016 and $33.4 million in fiscal 2015 and $40.9 million in fiscal 2014.2015.  Approximately $19.6$12.9 million related to the opening of 2620 DXL stores 4and 1 DXL outlets and some costs for DXL stores that are currently under construction that will open in fiscal 2017.outlet.  In addition, we spent approximately $5.5$6.9 million in management information projects, which included continued enhancements for our e-commerce sites and upgrades to our merchandise planning systems, with the remaining $4.1$2.8 million for general capital projects in our distribution center and corporate offices.

For fiscal 2017,2018, our capital expenditures are expected to be approximately $22.0$11.4 million and we expect to receive approximately $5.0$1.1 million in tenant allowances to offset these expenditures. Our budget includes approximately $13.7$2.1 million, excluding any allowance, related to the opening of 192 new DXL retail stores, the remodeling of 2 Casual Male XL to DXL retail stores and 1 DXL outlet stores,store, and approximately $8.3$9.3 million for continued information technology projects and general overhead projects. In addition, we expect to close approximately 167 Casual Male XL retail stores, and 34 Casual Male XL outlet stores the majority(two of which arewill close in connection with the opening of thetwo DXL stores) and 1 DXL retail and outlet stores in the same geographic market.store.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

We monitor certain non-GAAP financial measures on a regular basis in order to track the progress of our business, including the measures below.  We believe these measures provide helpful information with respect to the Company’s operating performance to shareholders, investors and analysts, and that the inclusion of these non-GAAP measures is important to assist investors in comparing our performance in fiscal 20162017 to fiscal 20152016 and fiscal 2014,2015, on a comparable basis.  However, these measures may not be


comparable to similar measures used by other companies and should not be considered superior to or as a substitute for operating net loss, loss from continuing operations, net loss per diluted share or cash flows from operating activities in accordance with GAAP.  

Adjusted Net Loss From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Net Loss Per Diluted Share

Adjusted loss from continuing operations and adjusted net loss reflect an adjustment assuming a normal tax rate of 40%.26% and the add back of impairment charges.  We have fully reserved against our deferred tax assets and, therefore, net loss is not reflective of earnings assuming a “normal” tax position.  Adjusted net loss provides investors with a useful indication of the financial performance of the business, on a comparative basis, assuming a normalized tax rate of 40%26%.  As discussed above, as a result of the 2017 Tax Act the federal income rate was reduced from 35% to 21%, therefore, we are using an estimated normal tax rate of 26%, which includes a blended state income tax rate.


The following table is a reconciliation of net loss and net loss per diluted share (on a GAAP basis) to adjusted net loss and adjusted net loss per diluted share (on a non-GAAP basis) (certain amounts may not foot due to rounding):

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

$

 

 

Per diluted

share

 

 

$

 

 

Per diluted

share

 

 

$

 

 

Per diluted

share

 

Loss before tax provision, on a GAAP basis

 

$

(21,398

)

 

$

(0.44

)

 

$

(2,090

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

(8,148

)

 

$

(0.17

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

(2,572

)

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

166

 

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

260

 

 

$

0.01

 

Net loss, on a GAAP basis

 

$

(18,826

)

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

(2,256

)

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(8,408

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add back:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of assets

 

$

4,095

 

 

$

0.08

 

 

$

376

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

(2,572

)

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

166

 

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

260

 

 

$

0.01

 

Adjusted loss before income taxes

 

$

(17,303

)

 

$

(0.35

)

 

$

(1,714

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(8,148

)

 

$

(0.17

)

Income tax benefit, assuming a normalized tax rate of 26%, with no AMT Benefit in 2017

 

$

(4,499

)

 

$

(0.09

)

 

$

(446

)

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

(2,118

)

 

$

(0.04

)

Adjusted net loss, non-GAAP basis

 

$

(12,804

)

 

$

(0.26

)

 

$

(1,268

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(6,030

)

 

$

(0.12

)

The following table is a reconciliation of the projected net loss from continuing operations and net loss (both onper diluted share for fiscal 2018 (on a GAAP basis) to the projected adjusted net loss from continuing operations and adjusted net loss (both onper diluted shares (on a non-GAAP basis).  (Certain amounts do not foot due to rounding):

 

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

 

$

 

 

Per diluted

share

 

 

$

 

 

Per diluted

share

 

 

$

 

 

Per diluted

share

 

(in millions, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations, on a GAAP basis

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(11.2

)

 

$

(0.23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add back:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual income tax provision

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit, assuming normal tax rate of 40%

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

$

4.4

 

 

 

0.09

 

Adjusted loss from continuing operations, non-GAAP

   basis

 

$

(1.3

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(4.9

)

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(6.6

)

 

$

(0.13

)

Loss from discontinued operations, GAAP

   basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(0.02

)

Adjusted net loss, non-GAAP basis

 

$

(1.3

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(4.9

)

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(7.7

)

 

$

(0.16

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares

   outstanding on a diluted basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

49.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48.7

 

Projected

Fiscal 2018

(in millions, except per share data)

per diluted share

Net loss ( GAAP basis)

$(8.3)-$(14.3)

$(0.17)-$(0.29)

Income tax benefit, assuming 26% rate

$2.1-$3.7

$0.05-$0.07

Adjusted net loss (non-GAAP basis)

$(6.2) -$(10.6)

$(0.12)-$(0.22)

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

49.1

Free Cash Flow

We believecalculate free cash flow before DXL capital expenditures is another important metric because it demonstrates our ability to strengthen liquidity while also contributing to the funding of our DXL store growth.  Fiscal 2016 was a turning point for us with respect to liquidity, as our capital expenditures for DXL stores were funded by cash flow from operations resulting in a decrease in total debt outstandingprovided by operating activities less capital expenditures. Free cash flow excludes the endmandatory and discretionary repayment of fiscal 2016.debt.  While we expect to use funds from our revolver during the year, by year-end we expect all DXL store growthcapital expenditures in fiscal 20172018 will have been funded by our operations, which will enable us to reduce our debt levels.

We calculate free cash flow as cash flow provided by operating activities less capital expenditures. We calculate free cash flow before DXL capital expenditures as cash flow provided by operating activities less capital expenditures other than DXL capital expenditures. Free cash flow excludes the mandatory and discretionary repayment of debt.  

The following table provides a reconciliation of free cash flow and free cash flow before DXL capital expenditures:flow:

 

 

 

 

 

Projected

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected

 

(in millions)

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Cash flow from operating activities (GAAP) (1)

 

$

35.0

 

 

$

18.4

 

 

$37.0-$42.0

 

 

$

31.0

 

 

$

35.0

 

 

$

18.4

 

 

$20.5 -$26.5

 

Capital expenditures, infrastructure projects

 

 

(9.6

)

 

 

(13.3

)

 

 

(8.3

)

 

 

(9.7

)

 

 

(9.6

)

 

 

(13.3

)

 

 

(9.3

)

Free Cash Flow before DXL capital expenditures (non-GAAP)

 

$

25.4

 

 

$

5.1

 

 

$28.7-$33.7

 

Capital expenditures for DXL stores

 

 

(19.6

)

 

 

(20.1

)

 

 

(13.7

)

 

 

(12.9

)

 

 

(19.6

)

 

 

(20.1

)

 

 

(2.1

)

Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP)

 

$

5.8

 

 

$

(15.0

)

 

$15.0-$20.0

 

 

$

8.4

 

 

$

5.8

 

 

$

(15.0

)

 

$9.1-$15.1

 

(1)

Cash flow from operating activities includes lease incentives received against our capital expenditures. Projected cash flow from operating activities for fiscal 20172018 includes an estimated $5.0$1.1 million in lease incentives.


EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations are presented because we believe that these measures are useful to investors in evaluating our performance.  With the significant capital investment associated with the DXL transformation and, therefore, increasingwhich has resulted in increased levels of depreciation and interest,expense, management uses EBITDA as a key metric to measure profitability and economic productivity.

EBITDA is calculated as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is calculated as EBITDA before discontinued operations.impairment charges.  


The following table is a reconciliation of net loss on a GAAP basis to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, from continuing operations, on a non-GAAP basis, for each fiscal year. (Certain amounts in the following table do not foot due to rounding):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected

 

(in millions)

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Net loss, on a GAAP basis

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$

(12.3

)

 

$(5.7)-$(11.7)

 

 

$

(18.8

)

 

$

(2.3

)

 

$

(8.4

)

 

$(8.3)-$(14.3)

 

Add back:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.2

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

(2.6

)

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.1

 

Interest Expense

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

3.1

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

30.6

 

 

 

28.4

 

 

 

24.0

 

 

 

32.5

 

 

 

31.1

 

 

 

30.2

 

 

 

28.4

 

 

 

29.1

 

EBITDA

 

$

31.6

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

14.1

 

 

$24.0-$30.0

 

 

$

13.0

 

 

$

31.2

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$18.0-$24.0

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

 

$

31.6

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$

15.2

 

 

$24.0-$30.0

 

Add back: Impairment charges

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

17.1

 

 

$

31.6

 

 

$

23.3

 

 

$18.0-$24.0

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES; USE OF ESTIMATES

Our financial statements are based on the application of significant accounting policies, many of which require our management to make significant estimates and assumptions (see Note A to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). We believe that the following items involve some of the more critical judgments in the application of accounting policies that currently affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on date of grant and recognize compensation over the service period for awards expected to vest.

The fair value of our stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include estimating the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (the “expected term”), the estimated volatility of our common stock price over the expected term and the number of options that will ultimately not complete their vesting requirements (“forfeitures”). Changes in these subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value of stock-based compensation and, consequently, the related amount recognized as an expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As required under the accounting rules, we review our valuation assumptions at each grant date and, as a result, we are likely to change our valuation assumptions used to value employee stock-based awards granted in future periods. The values derived from using the Black-Scholes model are recognized as expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. Actual results, and future changes in estimates, may differ substantially from these current estimates. For performance-based awards, no compensation expense is recognized until the performance targets are deemed probable. For fiscal 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014,2015, we recognized total stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million, $1.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively.  

On March 20, 2017, in conjunction with the grant of restricted stock awards earned in fiscal 2016 under the 2016 Wrap-Around Plan, the Company reclassified $0.9 million of the liability accrual from “Accrued Expenses and $3.0 million, respectively.Other Current Liabilities” to “Additional Paid-In Capital.” See the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

Long-Term Incentive Plans

During fiscal 2016,2017, we had threetwo active Long-Term Incentive Plans (“LTIP”s): 2013-2016The 2016-2017 LTIP 2016 Long-Term Incentive Wrap-Around Plan (“2016 Wrap”) and the 2016-20172017-2018 LTIP.  See Note F to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a completeadditional discussion of our LTIPs.

All time-based awards granted pursuant to our LTIPs are amortized, net of estimated forfeitures, over each LTIP’s respective vesting periods.  


The 2013-2016 LTIP included performance-based equity awards.  Based on the Company’s performance over the performance periods and the improbability of achieving performance targets, no stock-based compensation expense had been recognized.  At January 28, 2017, the performance targets under our 2013-2016 LTIP were not achieved, and accordingly, subsequent to year-end on March 15, 2017, as a result of the Compensation Committee’s review of the audited consolidated financial statements, all outstanding performance-based awards were forfeited.  

Our 2016 Wrap and 2016-2017 LTIP bothLTIPs contain a dollar-denominated performance-based component.  Equity awards will only be granted if such performance targets are achieved.  Accordingly, each quarter the Company reviews its expected achievement against such performance targets to assess whether an accrual is necessary.  All accruals will beare recorded as a liability.  If performance targets are achieved and equity awards are granted, the related cost of those awards will be reclassedreclassified from the accrual to stock-based compensation.compensation on grant date.  


For fiscal 2016,2017, the Company has accrued as a liability approximately $1.9$0.4 million based on partial achievement of the performance targets under the 2016 Wrap.2016-2017 LTIP.  Subsequent to year-end, on March 15, 2017,21, 2018, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviewed the results for fiscal 20162017 and approved forthe grant of restricted stock unit awards totaling $2.3$0.5 million to be granted on March 20, 2017.April 2, 2018.  All awards are subject to further vesting through the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2017.  August 31, 2018.  

With respect to the performance-based component of the 2016-20172017-2018 LTIP, which approximates $1.9$2.0 million at target, RSUs will be granted at the end of the performance period if the performance targets are achieved. Through the end of fiscal 2016,2017, we have not accrued any liability as a liability, approximately $0.3 million in expense related to the potential payoutlikelihood of achieving the performance awards under the 2016-2017 LTIP.targets was not probable.  

Inventory

We value inventory at the lower of cost or market, using a weighted-average cost method. We review our inventory to identify slow-moving and broken assortments. We use markdowns to clear merchandise and will record inventory reserves if the estimated future selling price is less than cost. In addition, an inventory shrink estimate is made each period that reduces the value of inventory for lost or stolen merchandise. We perform physical inventories throughout the year and adjust the shrink reserves accordingly.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flow estimated to be generated by those assets is less than the assets’ carrying amount. We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment at a store level for all our retail locations. If actual market conditions are less favorable than management’s projections, future write-offs may be necessary.

For fiscal 20162017 and fiscal 2014,2016, we recorded impairment charges of $0.4$4.1 million and $0.3$0.4 million, respectively, to write-down property and equipment.  The impairments relatedimpairment charges relate to stores with carrying values which exceeded fair value.  Fiscal 2017 also includes the write-off of $1.9 million for certain technology projects that have been abandoned.  There was no material impairment charge for long-lived assets in fiscal 2015.

Intangibles

In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other, we evaluate our intangible assets with indefinite lives at least annually for impairment by analyzing the estimated fair value.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016,2017, we performed our annual testing of our “Rochester” trademark for potential impairment. Utilizing an income approach with appropriate royalty rates applied, we concluded that the “Rochester” trademark, with a carrying value of $1.5 million, was not impaired.

Based on the expected closure of our Casual Male XL retail stores, at January 28, 2012, our “Casual Male” trademark was reclassified as a definite-lived asset.  The trademark is being amortized, on an accelerated basis, through fiscal 2018, its estimated useful life.  At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, the carrying value of the “Casual Male” trademark was $0.6$0.3 million.  


DeferredIncome Taxes

In accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, on a quarterly basis, we evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets and, if needed, establish a valuation allowance against those assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, we entered into a three-year cumulative loss position and based on forecasts at that time, we expected the cumulative three-year loss to increase as of the end of fiscal 2014. Management determined that this represented significant negative evidence at February 1, 2014 and a full valuation allowance was established against our net deferred tax assets. While we have projected that the Company will return to profitability, generate taxable income and ultimately emerge from a three-year cumulative loss, based on actual results for fiscal 20162017 and our forecast for fiscal 2017,2018, we believe that a full allowance remains appropriate at this time.


Our effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, such as changes in our deferred tax assets and liabilities and their valuation, and changes in the relevant tax, accounting, and other laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretation. The 2017 Tax Act significantly changes how corporations are taxed in the United States.  The U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies could subsequently interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the 2017 Tax Act will be applied or otherwise administered that is different from our interpretation. However, because we have a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets at February 3, 2018, we do not expect that any subsequent interpretations or adjustments will have a material impact on our financial results.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

We have reviewed accounting pronouncements and interpretations thereof that have effective dates during the periods reported and in future periods. We believe thatSee Note A to the followingConsolidated Financial Statements included in this report for information on recent accounting pronouncements and the impact of impending standards may have an impact on our future filings.  The applicability of any standard will be evaluated by us and is still subject to our review.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition,” as well as various other sections of the ASC, such as, but not limited to, ASC 340-20, “Other Assets and Deferred Costs - Capitalized Advertising Costs”. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017, and is to be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or with the cumulative effect recognized at the date of initial adoption as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or other appropriate components of equity or net assets on the balance sheet). Early adoption is permitted after December 15, 2016. We expect to adopt ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 and will not adopt early.  We have not yet selected a transition method or completed our assessment of the effect that ASU No. 2014-09 will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, "Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory," which applies to inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out ("FIFO") or average cost. Under the updated guidance, an entity should measure inventory that is within scope at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and should be applied prospectively with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. We do not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” which will require an entity to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and will increase disclosure requirements on its leasing arrangements.  The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein.  Early adoption is permitted. In the financial statements in which the ASU is first applied, leases shall be measured and recognized at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented with an adjustment to equity. While we are still evaluating and quantifying the impact this pronouncement will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements, we expect the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

InMarch 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-04, “Liabilities—Extinguishments of Liabilities: Recognition of Breakage for Certain Prepaid Stored-Value Products,” which amends exempting gift cards and other prepaid stored-value products from the guidance on extinguishing financial liabilities. Rather, they will be subject to breakage accounting consistent with the new revenue guidance in Topic 606. However, the exemption only applies to breakage liabilities that are not subject to unclaimed property laws or that are attached to segregated bank accounts (e.g., consumer debit cards).  The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) - Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is


effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” which reduces the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows under Topic 230.  The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  We do not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes(Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other Than Inventory,” which reduces the existing diversity in practice in how income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory should be recognized. The amendments in ASU 2016-16 require an entity to recognize such income tax consequences when the intra-entity transfer occurs rather than waiting until such time as the asset has been sold to an outside party.  The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  We do not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 7A. QuantitativeQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

In the normal course of business, our financial position and results of operations are routinely subject to a variety of risks, including market risk associated with interest rate movements on borrowings and foreign currency fluctuations. We regularly assess these risks and have established policies and business practices to protect against the adverse effects of these and other potential exposures.

Interest Rates

We utilize cash from our Credit Facility to fund our working capital needs. Our Credit Facility is not used for trading or speculative purposes. In addition, we have available letters of credit as sources of financing for our working capital requirements. Borrowings under the Credit Facility, which expires October 29, 2019, bear interest at variable rates based on Bank of America’s prime rate or LIBOR. At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, we had outstanding borrowings of approximately $44.4$47.6 million, of which approximately $36.0$40.0 million were in LIBOR-based contracts with an interest rate of approximately 2.22%2.97%. The remainder werewas prime-based borrowings, with a rate of 4.25%5.00%.  We also have a term loan, with an outstanding balance of $12.8$11.8 million at January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, which bears interest at a variable rate based on one-month LIBOR rates plus 6.5%.

Based upon a sensitivity analysis as of January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, assuming average outstanding borrowings during fiscal 20162017 of $52.1$59.7 million under our Credit Facility and an average outstanding balance under our term loan of $13.3$12.3 million, a 50 basis point increase in interest rates would have increased interest expense by approximately $0.3$0.4 million on an annualized basis.

Foreign Currency

Our Rochester Clothing store located in London, England conducts business in British pounds. If the value of the British pound against the U.S. dollar weakens, the revenuespounds and earnings of this store will be reduced when they are translated or re-measured to U.S.our two DXL stores located in Toronto, Canada conduct business in Canadian dollars. Also, the value of these assets to U.S. dollars may decline. As of January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 sales from our London Rochester Clothing storethese stores were immaterial to consolidated sales. As such, we believe that movement in foreign currency exchange rates will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

 

 

 


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Destination XL Group, Inc.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

4340

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017

41

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and  January 30, 2016

42

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016

43

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016

 

44

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended January 28, 2017, January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

45

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended January 28, 2017, January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

46

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended January 28, 2017, January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

47

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

 

4845

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

4946

 

 

 

 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Stockholders and Board of Directors and Shareholders

Destination XL Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Destination XL Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017, and January 30, 2016 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-yearthree‑year period ended February 3, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017. 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended February 3, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 23, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesmisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An auditOur audits also includes assessingincluded evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement presentation.statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Destination XL Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 28, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Destination XL Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 20, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since2013.

Boston, Massachusetts

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

 

 

 


DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017  and January 30, 2016

(In thousands, except share data)

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

(Fiscal 2015)

 

 

(Fiscal 2017)

 

 

(Fiscal 2016)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

5,572

 

 

$

5,170

 

 

$

5,362

 

 

$

5,572

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

7,114

 

 

 

4,721

 

 

 

3,046

 

 

 

7,114

 

Inventories

 

 

117,446

 

 

 

125,014

 

 

 

103,332

 

 

 

117,446

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

8,817

 

 

 

8,254

 

 

 

9,927

 

 

 

8,817

 

Total current assets

 

 

138,949

 

 

 

143,159

 

 

 

121,667

 

 

 

138,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

124,347

 

 

 

124,962

 

 

 

111,032

 

 

 

124,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

2,228

 

 

 

2,669

 

 

 

1,821

 

 

 

2,228

 

Other assets

 

 

3,804

 

 

 

3,557

 

 

 

5,885

 

 

 

3,804

 

Total assets

 

$

269,328

 

 

$

274,347

 

 

$

240,405

 

 

$

269,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

6,941

 

 

$

7,155

 

 

$

1,392

 

 

$

6,941

 

Current portion of deferred gain on sale-leaseback

 

 

1,465

 

 

 

1,465

 

 

 

1,465

 

 

 

1,465

 

Accounts payable

 

 

31,258

 

 

 

30,684

 

 

 

33,987

 

 

 

31,258

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

31,938

 

 

 

33,778

 

 

 

25,585

 

 

 

31,938

 

Borrowings under credit facility

 

 

44,097

 

 

 

41,984

 

 

 

47,385

 

 

 

44,097

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

115,699

 

 

 

115,066

 

 

 

109,814

 

 

 

115,699

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

12,061

 

 

 

19,003

 

 

 

10,669

 

 

 

12,061

 

Deferred rent and lease incentives

 

 

35,421

 

 

 

30,934

 

 

 

35,718

 

 

 

35,421

 

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback, net of current portion

 

 

11,723

 

 

 

13,189

 

 

 

10,258

 

 

 

11,723

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

222

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

5,682

 

 

 

7,555

 

 

 

3,960

 

 

 

5,682

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

65,109

 

 

 

70,877

 

 

 

60,605

 

 

 

65,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 61,637,164 and

61,692,285 shares issued at January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, respectively

 

 

616

 

 

 

617

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 61,485,882 and

61,637,164 shares issued at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively

 

 

615

 

 

 

616

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

304,466

 

 

 

302,727

 

 

 

307,557

 

 

 

304,466

 

Treasury stock at cost, 10,877,439 shares at January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016

 

 

(87,977

)

 

 

(87,977

)

Treasury stock at cost, 12,755,873 and 10,877,439 shares at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively

 

 

(92,658

)

 

 

(87,977

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(122,567

)

 

 

(120,311

)

 

 

(139,285

)

 

 

(122,567

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(6,018

)

 

 

(6,652

)

 

 

(6,243

)

 

 

(6,018

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

88,520

 

 

 

88,404

 

 

 

69,986

 

 

 

88,520

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

269,328

 

 

$

274,347

 

 

$

240,405

 

 

$

269,328

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 


DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the fiscal years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

(Fiscal 2015)

 

 

(Fiscal 2014)

 

 

(Fiscal 2017)

 

 

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

(Fiscal 2015)

 

Sales

 

$

450,283

 

 

$

442,221

 

 

$

414,020

 

 

$

467,976

 

 

$

450,283

 

 

$

442,221

 

Cost of goods sold including occupancy costs

 

 

245,402

 

 

 

238,382

 

 

 

224,006

 

 

 

257,619

 

 

 

245,402

 

 

 

238,382

 

Gross profit

 

 

204,881

 

 

 

203,839

 

 

 

190,014

 

 

 

210,357

 

 

 

204,881

 

 

 

203,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

173,283

 

 

 

180,570

 

 

 

174,814

 

 

 

193,230

 

 

 

173,283

 

 

 

180,570

 

Impairment of assets

 

 

4,095

 

 

 

376

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

30,621

 

 

 

28,359

 

 

 

24,002

 

 

 

31,073

 

 

 

30,245

 

 

 

28,359

 

Total expenses

 

 

203,904

 

 

 

208,929

 

 

 

198,816

 

 

 

228,398

 

 

 

203,904

 

 

 

208,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

977

 

 

 

(5,090

)

 

 

(8,802

)

 

 

(18,041

)

 

 

977

 

 

 

(5,090

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(3,067

)

 

 

(3,058

)

 

 

(2,132

)

 

 

(3,357

)

 

 

(3,067

)

 

 

(3,058

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

 

 

(2,090

)

 

 

(8,148

)

 

 

(10,934

)

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

(21,398

)

 

 

(2,090

)

 

 

(8,148

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

166

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(2,256

)

 

 

(8,408

)

 

 

(11,177

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,118

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

(2,572

)

 

 

166

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(2,256

)

 

$

(8,408

)

 

$

(12,295

)

 

$

(18,826

)

 

$

(2,256

)

 

$

(8,408

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share - basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.23

)

Loss from discontinued operations

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(0.25

)

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

49,544

 

 

 

49,089

 

 

 

48,740

 

 

 

48,888

 

 

 

49,544

 

 

 

49,089

 

Diluted

 

 

49,544

 

 

 

49,089

 

 

 

48,740

 

 

 

48,888

 

 

 

49,544

 

 

 

49,089

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 


DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the fiscal years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

(In thousands)

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

(Fiscal 2015)

 

 

(Fiscal 2014)

 

 

(Fiscal 2017)

 

 

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

(Fiscal 2015)

 

Net loss

 

$

(2,256

)

 

$

(8,408

)

 

$

(12,295

)

 

$

(18,826

)

 

$

(2,256

)

 

$

(8,408

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(242

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(430

)

 

 

393

 

 

 

(242

)

 

 

(96

)

Pension plan

 

 

876

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

(3,248

)

 

 

1,490

 

 

 

876

 

 

 

1,682

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes

 

 

634

 

 

 

1,586

 

 

 

(3,678

)

 

 

1,883

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

1,586

 

Tax provision related to items of other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

634

 

 

 

1,586

 

 

 

(3,678

)

 

 

1,883

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

1,586

 

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(1,622

)

 

$

(6,822

)

 

$

(15,973

)

 

$

(16,943

)

 

$

(1,622

)

 

$

(6,822

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 


DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the fiscal years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amounts

 

 

Capital

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amounts

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amounts

 

 

Capital

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amounts

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance at February 1, 2014

 

 

61,473

 

 

$

615

 

 

$

296,501

 

 

 

(10,877

)

 

$

(87,977

)

 

$

(99,608

)

 

$

(4,560

)

 

$

104,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,996

 

Exercises under option program

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

Issuances of restricted stock, net of cancellations

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors compensation

 

 

41

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

273

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized loss associated with Pension Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,248

)

 

 

(3,248

)

Foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(430

)

 

 

(430

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,295

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,295

)

Balance at January 31, 2015

 

 

61,561

 

 

$

616

 

 

$

299,892

 

 

 

(10,877

)

 

$

(87,977

)

 

$

(111,903

)

 

$

(8,238

)

 

$

92,390

 

 

 

61,561

 

 

$

616

 

 

$

299,892

 

 

 

(10,877

)

 

$

(87,977

)

 

$

(111,903

)

 

$

(8,238

)

 

$

92,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,195

 

Exercises under option program

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

Issuances of restricted stock, net of cancellations

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors compensation

 

 

84

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

540

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized gain associated with Pension Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

1,682

 

Foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(96

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,408

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,408

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,408

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,408

)

Balance at January 30, 2016

 

 

61,692

 

 

$

617

 

 

$

302,727

 

 

 

(10,877

)

 

$

(87,977

)

 

$

(120,311

)

 

$

(6,652

)

 

$

88,404

 

 

 

61,692

 

 

$

617

 

 

$

302,727

 

 

 

(10,877

)

 

$

(87,977

)

 

$

(120,311

)

 

$

(6,652

)

 

$

88,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,256

 

Cancellations of restricted stock, net of issuances

 

 

(123

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(123

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors compensation

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

482

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

482

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized gain associated with Pension Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

876

 

 

 

876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

876

 

 

 

876

 

Foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(242

)

 

 

(242

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(242

)

 

 

(242

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,256

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,256

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,256

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,256

)

Balance at January 28, 2017

 

 

61,637

 

 

$

616

 

 

$

304,466

 

 

 

(10,877

)

 

$

(87,977

)

 

$

(122,567

)

 

$

(6,018

)

 

$

88,520

 

 

 

61,637

 

 

$

616

 

 

$

304,466

 

 

 

(10,877

)

 

$

(87,977

)

 

$

(122,567

)

 

$

(6,018

)

 

$

88,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,636

 

Restricted stock issued, reclass from liability to equity (Note F)

 

 

425

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

920

 

Cancellations of restricted stock, net of issuances

 

 

(755

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board of directors compensation

 

 

179

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

534

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,878

)

 

 

(4,681

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,681

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized gain associated with Pension Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,490

 

 

 

1,490

 

Foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

393

 

Adjustment to reclassify intraperiod tax allocation to accumulated deficit (Note D)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

(2,108

)

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,826

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,826

)

Balance at February 3, 2018

 

 

61,486

 

 

$

615

 

 

$

307,557

 

 

 

(12,755

)

 

$

(92,658

)

 

$

(139,285

)

 

$

(6,243

)

 

$

69,986

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 


 

DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the fiscal years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

(In thousands)

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

(Fiscal 2015)

 

 

(Fiscal 2014)

 

 

(Fiscal 2017)

 

 

(Fiscal 2016)

 

 

(Fiscal 2015)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(2,256

)

 

$

(8,408

)

 

$

(12,295

)

 

$

(18,826

)

 

$

(2,256

)

 

$

(8,408

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating

activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback

 

 

(1,466

)

 

 

(1,465

)

 

 

(1,466

)

 

 

(1,465

)

 

 

(1,466

)

 

 

(1,465

)

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs

 

 

276

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

276

 

 

 

279

 

Impairment of assets

 

 

4,095

 

 

 

376

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

30,621

 

 

 

28,359

 

 

 

24,002

 

 

 

31,073

 

 

 

30,245

 

 

 

28,359

 

Deferred taxes, net of valuation allowance

 

 

26

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

(2,363

)

 

 

26

 

 

 

105

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

2,195

 

 

 

2,996

 

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

2,195

 

Issuance of common stock to Board of Directors

 

 

482

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

273

 

 

 

534

 

 

 

482

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(2,393

)

 

 

(1,102

)

 

 

4,728

 

 

 

4,068

 

 

 

(2,393

)

 

 

(1,102

)

Inventories

 

 

7,568

 

 

 

(9,794

)

 

 

(9,664

)

 

 

14,114

 

 

 

7,568

 

 

 

(9,794

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(563

)

 

 

659

 

 

 

(1,196

)

 

 

(1,110

)

 

 

(563

)

 

 

659

 

Other assets

 

 

(247

)

 

 

350

 

 

 

(667

)

 

 

60

 

 

 

(247

)

 

 

350

 

Accounts payable

 

 

574

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

(2,966

)

 

 

2,729

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

705

 

Deferred rent and lease incentives

 

 

4,487

 

 

 

2,084

 

 

 

6,015

 

 

 

297

 

 

 

4,487

 

 

 

2,084

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

(3,405

)

 

 

3,883

 

 

 

3,762

 

 

 

(4,153

)

 

 

(3,405

)

 

 

3,883

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

34,960

 

 

 

18,390

 

 

 

13,805

 

 

 

30,959

 

 

 

34,960

 

 

 

18,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment, net

 

 

(29,239

)

 

 

(33,447

)

 

 

(40,927

)

 

 

(22,565

)

 

 

(29,239

)

 

 

(33,447

)

Net cash used for investing activities

 

 

(29,239

)

 

 

(33,447

)

 

 

(40,927

)

 

 

(22,565

)

 

 

(29,239

)

 

 

(33,447

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings under credit facility

 

 

1,993

 

 

 

23,044

 

 

 

10,373

 

 

 

3,165

 

 

 

1,993

 

 

 

23,044

 

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,912

 

Principal payments on long-term debt

 

 

(7,312

)

 

 

(7,489

)

 

 

(6,478

)

 

 

(7,088

)

 

 

(7,312

)

 

 

(7,489

)

Costs associated with debt issuances

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(766

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(4,681

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

 

 

(5,319

)

 

 

15,641

 

 

 

27,164

 

 

 

(8,604

)

 

 

(5,319

)

 

 

15,641

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

402

 

 

 

584

 

 

 

42

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(210

)

 

 

402

 

 

 

584

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

 

5,170

 

 

 

4,586

 

 

 

4,544

 

 

 

5,572

 

 

 

5,170

 

 

 

4,586

 

End of period

 

$

5,572

 

 

$

5,170

 

 

$

4,586

 

 

$

5,362

 

 

$

5,572

 

 

$

5,170

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 


DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

JANUARY 28, 2017FEBRUARY 3, 2018

 

 

A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

Destination XL Group, Inc. (collectively with its subsidiaries referred to as the “Company”) is the largest specialty retailer in the United States of big & tall men’s apparel. The Company operates under the trade names of Destination XL® (DXL®), DXL Outlets®, Casual Male XL®, Casual Male XL Outlets, Rochester Clothing, ShoesXL® and LivingXL®. At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, the Company operated 192212 DXL stores, 9778 Casual Male XL, 3633 Casual Male XL outlets, 1314 DXL outlets and 5 Rochester Clothing stores located throughout the United States, including one store in London, England.England and two stores in Canada. The Company also operates a direct business, which includes brand mailers and an aggregated e-commerce site to support its brands and product extensions.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts, transactions and profits are eliminated.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from estimates.

Subsequent Events

All appropriate subsequent event disclosures, if any, have been made in these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Prior Period Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.  Impairment of assets, which was previously included in “Depreciation and Amortization” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2016 has been reclassified to “Impairment of Assets” for comparability to fiscal 2017.  There was no such impairment of assets in fiscal 2015.

Segment Reporting

The Company reports its operations as one reportable segment, Big & Tall Men’s Apparel, which consists of two principal operating segments: its retail business and its direct business. The Company considers its operating segments to be similar in terms of economic characteristics, production processes and operations, and have therefore aggregated them into a single reporting segment, consistent with its omni-channel business approach. The direct business operating segment includes the operating results and assets for LivingXL and ShoesXL.LivingXL.

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year is a 52-week or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Fiscal years2017 was a 53-week period which ended on February 3, 2018.  Fiscal 2016 2015 and 2014, which2015 were 52-week periods which ended on January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, and January 31, 2015, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks and short-term investments, which have a maturity of ninety days or less when acquired. Included in cash equivalents are credit card and debit card receivables from banks, which generally settle within two to four business days.


Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily includes amounts due for tenant allowances and rebates from certain vendors. For fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, and fiscal 2014, the Company has not incurred any losses on its accounts receivable.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the fair value of certain financial instruments. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and short-term borrowings approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.


ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements.

The valuation techniques utilized are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect internal market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related asset or liabilities.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of assets or liabilities.

The Company utilizes observable market inputs (quoted market prices) when measuring fair value whenever possible.

The fair value of long-term debt at January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 approximates the carrying amount based upon terms available to the Company for borrowings with similar arrangements and remaining maturities. See Note C, “Debt Obligations, for more discussion.

The fair value of indefinite-lived assets, which consists of the Company’s “Rochester” trademark, is measured on a non-recurring basis in connection with the Company’s annual impairment test. The fair value of the trademark is determined using the relief from royalty method based on unobservable inputs and are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. See Intangibles below.

Retail stores that have indicators of impairment and fail the recoverability test (based on undiscounted cash flows) are measured for impairment by comparing the fair value of the assets against their carrying value. Fair value of the assets is estimated using a projected discounted cash flow analysis and is classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. See Impairment of Long-Lived Assets below.

Inventories

All inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, using a weighted-average cost method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Major additions and improvements are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or other disposition, the cost and related depreciation of the assets are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is reflected in income. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Furniture and fixtures

  

Five to ten years

Equipment

  

Five to ten years

Leasehold improvements

  

Lesser of useful lives or related lease term

Hardware and software

  

Three to seven years


Intangibles

ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations,, requires that all business combinations be accounted for under the purchase method. The statement further requires separate recognition of intangible assets that meet one of two criteria set forth in the statement. Under ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles Goodwill and Other”Other,” , goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested at least annually for impairment. At each reporting period, management analyzes current events and circumstances to determine whether the indefinite life classification for its “Rochester” trademark continues to be valid. If circumstances warrant a change to a finite life, the carrying value of the intangible asset would then be amortized prospectively over the estimated remaining useful life. The Company’s “Casual Male” trademark is considered a finite-lived asset. Other intangible assets with defined lives are amortized over their useful lives.

At least annually, as of the Company’s December month-end, the Company evaluates its “Rochester” trademark. The Company performs an impairment analysis and records an impairment charge for any intangible assets with a carrying value in excess of its fair value.


In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016,2017, the “Rochester” trademark was tested for potential impairment, utilizing the relief from royalty method to determine the estimated fair value. The Company concluded that the “Rochester” trademark, with a carrying value of $1.5 million at January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, was not impaired. Although some of the Rochester locations are closinghave closed as part of the DXL expansion, the Rochester Clothing stores that will remain open as well as the Rochester brands that are sold in our DXL stores and website are currently expected to generate more than sufficient cash flows to support the carrying value of $1.5 million for the “Rochester” trademark.

During the fiscal 2011 annual evaluation of intangibles, the Company determined that its “Casual Male” trademark could no longer be considered an indefinite-lived asset. As the Company opens DXL stores, it is closing the majority of its Casual Male XL stores in those respective markets. The carrying value of the trademark is being amortized on an accelerated basis against projected cash flows through fiscal 2018, its estimated remaining useful life.

Below is a table showing the changes in the carrying value of the Company’s intangible assets from January 30, 201628, 2017 to January 28, 2017:February 3, 2018:

 

(in thousands)

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

Additions

 

 

Impairment

 

 

Amortization

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

Additions

 

 

Impairment

 

 

Amortization

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

"Rochester" trademark

 

$

1,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,500

 

 

$

1,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,500

 

"Casual Male" trademark

 

 

940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(341

)

 

 

599

 

 

 

599

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(307

)

 

 

292

 

Other intangibles (1)

 

 

229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

129

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

29

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

2,669

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(441

)

 

$

2,228

 

 

$

2,228

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(407

)

 

$

1,821

 

 

(1)

Other intangibles consist of customer lists, which have a finite life of 16 years based on its estimated economic useful life.  At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, customer lists have a remaining life of 1.3 years.3 months.

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the customer lists and “Casual Male” trademark, subject to amortization, were $7.7 million and $7.4 million, respectively, at February 3, 2018 and $7.7 million and $7.0 million, respectively, at January 28, 2017 and $7.7 million and $6.5 million, respectively, at January 30, 2016.2017. Amortization expense for fiscal 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015 was $0.4 million, $0.6$0.4 million and $1.1$0.6 million, respectively.

Expected amortization expense for the Company’s “Casual Male” trademark and customer lists, for the next five fiscal years is as follows:

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

$

407

 

2018

 

$

321

 

 

$

321

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

Pre-opening Costs

The Company expenses all pre-opening costs for its stores as incurred.


Advertising Costs

The Company expenses in-store advertising costs as incurred. Television advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the advertising is first aired. Direct response advertising costs, if any, are deferred and amortized over the period of expected direct marketing revenues, which is less than one year. There were no deferred direct response costs at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016.2017. Advertising expense, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses, was $29.5 million, $18.2 million $23.6 million and $26.0$23.6 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, and 2014, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from the Company’s retail store operations is recorded upon purchase of merchandise by customers, net of an allowance for sales returns. Revenue from the Company’s e-commerce operations is recognized at the time a customer order is delivered, net of an allowance for sales returns. Revenue is recognized by the operating segment that fulfillsinitiates a customer’s order.  Store sales are defined as sales that originate and are fulfilled directly at the store level.  E-commerce sales are defined as sales that originate online, including those initiated online at the store level. Sales tax collected from customers is excluded from revenue and is included as part of accrued expenses on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) – (“AOCI”)

Other comprehensive income (loss) includes amounts related to foreign currency and pension plans and is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Other comprehensive income and reclassifications from AOCI for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 are as follows:

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension

Plans

 

 

Foreign

Currency

 

 

Total

 

 

Pension

Plans

 

 

Foreign

Currency

 

 

Total

 

 

Pension

Plans

 

 

Foreign

Currency

 

 

Total

 

Pension

Plans

 

 

Foreign

Currency

 

 

Total

 

 

Pension

Plans

 

 

Foreign

Currency

 

 

Total

 

 

Pension

Plans

 

 

Foreign

Currency

 

 

Total

 

Balance at beginning of fiscal year

$

(6,113

)

 

$

(539

)

 

$

(6,652

)

 

$

(7,795

)

 

$

(443

)

 

$

(8,238

)

 

$

(4,547

)

 

$

(13

)

 

$

(4,560

)

$

(5,237

)

 

$

(781

)

 

$

(6,018

)

 

$

(6,113

)

 

$

(539

)

 

$

(6,652

)

 

$

(7,795

)

 

$

(443

)

 

$

(8,238

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

before reclassifications, net of taxes

 

171

 

 

 

(242

)

 

 

(71

)

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

(96

)

 

 

939

 

 

 

(3,506

)

 

 

(184

)

 

 

(3,690

)

 

820

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

1,213

 

 

 

171

 

 

 

(242

)

 

 

(71

)

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

(96

)

 

 

939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated

other comprehensive income (loss),

net of taxes (1)

 

705

 

 

 

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

258

 

 

 

(246

)

 

 

12

 

 

670

 

 

 

 

 

 

670

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

(loss) for the period

 

876

 

 

 

(242

)

 

 

634

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

(96

)

 

 

1,586

 

 

 

(3,248

)

 

 

(430

)

 

 

(3,678

)

 

1,490

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

1,883

 

 

 

876

 

 

 

(242

)

 

 

634

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

(96

)

 

 

1,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to reclassify intraperiod tax allocation to accumulated deficit

(Note D)

 

(2,093

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(2,108

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of fiscal year

$

(5,237

)

 

$

(781

)

 

$

(6,018

)

 

$

(6,113

)

 

$

(539

)

 

$

(6,652

)

 

$

(7,795

)

 

$

(443

)

 

$

(8,238

)

$

(5,840

)

 

$

(403

)

 

$

(6,243

)

 

$

(5,237

)

 

$

(781

)

 

$

(6,018

)

 

$

(6,113

)

 

$

(539

)

 

$

(6,652

)

(1)

Includes the amortization of the unrecognized (gain)/loss on pension plans which was charged to Selling, General and Administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods presented. The amortization of the unrecognized loss, before tax, was $670,000, $705,000 $647,000 and $258,000$647,000 for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, and fiscal 2014, respectively. There was no corresponding tax benefit. Fiscal 2014 includes the recognition of $246,000 related to the substantial liquidation of the Company’s direct business with Sears Canada.  The $246,000, with no corresponding tax provision, was recognized in Discontinued Operations on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2014.  

Foreign Currency Translation

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, the Company hashad one Rochester Clothing store located in London, England.England and two stores located in Toronto, Canada. Assets and liabilities for this storethese stores are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date. Stockholders’ equity is translated at applicable historical exchange rates. Income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Resulting translation adjustments are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.


Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales for all periods presented. Amounts related to shipping and handling that are billed to customers are recorded in net sales, and the related costs are recorded in Cost of Goods Sold, Including Occupancy Costs, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided to recognize the effect of temporary differences between tax and financial statement reporting. Such taxes are provided for using enacted tax rates expected to be in place when such temporary differences are realized. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the full deferred tax asset would not be realized. If it is subsequently determined that a deferred tax asset will more likely than not be realized, a credit to earnings is recorded to reduce the allowance.

ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) clarifies a company’s accounting for uncertain income tax positions that are recognized in its financial statements and also provides guidance on a company’s de-recognition of uncertain positions, financial statement classification, accounting for interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, and disclosure requirements. In accordance with ASC 740, the Company will recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense in its Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The Company has not accrued or paid interest or penalties which were material to its results of operations for fiscal 2016,2017, fiscal 20152016 and fiscal 2014.2015.  


The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through fiscal 2001,2002, with remaining fiscal years subject to income tax examination by federal tax authorities.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the respective period. Diluted earnings per share is determined by giving effect to unvested shares of restricted stock and the exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method. The following table provides a reconciliation of the number of shares outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

FISCAL YEARS ENDED

 

 

FISCAL YEARS ENDED

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares

outstanding

 

 

49,544

 

 

 

49,089

 

 

 

48,740

 

 

 

48,888

 

 

 

49,544

 

 

 

49,089

 

Common stock equivalents – stock options,

restricted stock and restricted stock units (RSUs) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average common shares

outstanding

 

 

49,544

 

 

 

49,089

 

 

 

48,740

 

 

 

48,888

 

 

 

49,544

 

 

 

49,089

 

 

(1)

Common stock equivalents, in thousands, of 134 shares, 439 shares and 583 shares and 498 shares for February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, and January 31, 2015, respectively, were excluded due to the net loss.


The following potential common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in each year because the exercise price of such options was greater than the average market price per share of common stock for the respective periods or because the unearned compensation associated with either stock options, RSUs, restricted or deferred stock had an anti-dilutive effect.

 

 

FISCAL YEARS ENDED

 

 

FISCAL YEARS ENDED

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

(in thousands, except exercise prices)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options (time-vested)

 

 

1,162

 

 

 

1,244

 

 

 

1,545

 

 

 

1,196

 

 

 

1,162

 

 

 

1,244

 

RSUs (time-vested)

 

 

370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

 

Restricted and Deferred stock

 

 

8

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

Restricted and deferred stock

 

 

63

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

22

 

Range of exercise prices of such options

 

$4.49-$7.52

 

 

$4.96-$7.52

 

 

$4.96-$7.52

 

 

$1.85-$7.52

 

 

$4.49-$7.52

 

 

$4.96-$7.52

 

Excluded from the Company’s computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2016 are 847,998 shares of unvested performance-based restricted stock and 1,059,941 performance-based stock options.  The respective performance targets for these unvested shares of performance-based restricted stock and stock options were not met in fiscal 2016. Therefore, subsequent to year-end, upon completion of the audited financial statements, all of these performance-based awards2017 were cancelled.  

In addition, 8,33436,666 shares of unvested time-based restricted shares and 64,876115,457 shares of deferred stock are excluded from the computation of basic earnings per share until such shares vest.

Although the shares of time-based and performance-based restricted stock are not considered outstanding or common stock equivalents for basic earnings per share purposes until certain vesting and performance thresholds are achieved,vested, all 856,332 shares of restricted stock arewere considered issued and outstanding at January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018. Each share of restricted stock has all of the rights of a holder of the Company’s common stock, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends, which rights are forfeited if the restricted stock is forfeited.  Outstanding shares of deferred stock of 64,876 shares are not considered issued and outstanding until the vesting date of the deferral period.

Stock-based Compensation

ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, requires measurement of compensation cost for all stock awards at fair value on date of grant and recognition of compensation over the service period for awards expected to vest. The fair value of stock options is


determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and requires the input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include estimating the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (the “expected term”), the estimated volatility of the Company’s common stock price over the expected term and the number of options that will ultimately not complete their vesting requirements (“forfeitures”). As required under the accounting rules, the Company reviews its valuation assumptions at each grant date and, as a result, is likely to change its valuation assumptions used to value employee stock-based awards granted in future periods. The values derived from using the Black-Scholes model are recognized as expense over the vesting period, net of estimated forfeitures. The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment. Actual results, and future changes in estimates, may differ from the Company’s current estimates.

The Company recognized total stock-based compensation expense, with no tax effect, of $1.6 million, $1.3 million $2.2 million and $3.0$2.2 million for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, and fiscal 2014, respectively.

The total stock-based compensation cost related to time-vested awards not yet recognized as of January 28, 2017 isFebruary 3, 2018 was approximately $1.2$1.8 million whichand will be expensed over a weighted average remaining life of approximately 20 months.

The total grant-date fair value of optionsawards vested was $1.8 million, $2.9 million $1.0 million and $1.2$1.0 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014,2015, respectively.

The cumulative compensation costAny excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock-based awards is treatedstock options or the release of restricted shares are recognized as a temporary difference for stock-based awards that are deductible forcomponent of income tax purposes. If a deduction reported on a tax return exceedsexpense.  Prior to the cumulative compensation cost for those awards,adoption of ASU 2016-09 in fiscal 2017, any resulting realized tax benefit that exceeds the previously recognized deferred tax asset for those awards (the excess tax benefit) isbenefits were recognized as additional paid-in capital.  If the amount deductible is less than the cumulative compensation cost recognized for financial reporting purposes, the write-off of a deferred tax asset related to that deficiency, net of the related valuation allowance, if any, is first offset to the extent of any remaining additional paid-in capital from excess tax benefits from previous awards with the remainder recognized through income tax expense.


Valuation Assumptions for Stock Options

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in fiscal 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014:2015:

 

 

Fiscal years ended:

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

Expected volatility

 

39.3%-42.7%

 

 

37.0%-39.0%

 

 

46.0%

 

 

49.9%

 

 

39.3%-42.7%

 

 

37.0%-39.0%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.78%-1.23%

 

 

0.75%-1.25%

 

 

0.79%-0.95%

 

 

1.44%

 

 

0.78%-1.23%

 

 

0.75%-1.25%

 

Expected life (in years)

 

2.0

 

 

1.8-4.0

 

 

2.6-3.5

 

 

3.0

 

 

2.0

 

 

1.8-4.0

 

Dividend rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted

 

$1.02

 

 

$1.44

 

 

$1.71

 

 

$

0.65

 

 

$1.02

 

 

$1.44

 

Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock; the expected life represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and historical exercise patterns; and the risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for events or changes in circumstances that might indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of the assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets over their respective remaining lives can be recovered through projected undiscounted future cash flows. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based on projected discounted future cash flows using a discount rate reflecting the Company’s average cost of funds.

For fiscal 20162017 and fiscal 2014,2016, the Company recorded impairment charges of $0.4$4.1 million and $0.3$0.4 million, respectively, for the write-down of property and equipment.  Impairment charges related to stores where the carrying value exceeded fair value. The fair value of these assets, based on Level 3 inputs, was determined using estimated discounted cash flows.  Also included in the charge for fiscal 2017 was the write-off of certain costs of $1.9 million associated with technology projects that were abandoned.

The impairment charges were included in Depreciationcharge for fiscal 2016 was reclassified from “Depreciation and Amortizationamortization” to “Impairment of assets” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations, for comparability with fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2016.2017. There was no material impairment of assets in fiscal 2015.


Unredeemed Gift Cards, Gift Certificates, and Credit Vouchers

Upon issuance of a gift card, gift certificate, or credit voucher, a liability is established for its cash value. The liability is relieved and net sales are recorded upon redemption by the customer. Based on our historical redemption patterns, wethe Company can reasonably estimate the amount of gift cards, gift certificates, and credit vouchers for which redemption is remote, which is referred to as "breakage.""breakage".  Breakage is recognized over two years in proportion to historical redemption trends and is recorded as net sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The gift card liability, net of breakage, was $2.2 million and $2.4 million at bothFebruary 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017, and January 30, 2016.respectively.

RecentRecently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Company has reviewed accounting pronouncements and interpretations thereof that have effective dates during the periods reported and in future periods. The Company believes that the following impending standards may have an impact on its future filings. The applicability of any standard will be evaluated by the Company and is still subject to review by the Company.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition,” as well as various other sections of the ASC, such as, but not limited to, ASC 340-20, “Other Assets and Deferred Costs - Capitalized Advertising Costs”. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017, and is to be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or with the cumulative effect recognized at the date of initial adoption as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or other appropriate components of equity or net assets on the balance sheet). Early adoption is permitted after December 15, 2016. The Company expects to adopt ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 and will not adopt early.  The Company has not yet selected a transition method or completed its assessment of the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, "Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory," which applies to inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out ("FIFO") or average cost. Under the updated guidance, an entity should measure inventory that is within scope at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. ThisThe Company adopted this pronouncement as of January 29, 2017.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) - Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s provision for income taxes or diluted earnings per share.  The Company has elected to adopt the guidance related to the presentation of excess tax benefits in its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on a prospective transition method.  Since there were no excess tax benefits for fiscal 2017, 2016 or 2015 this election did not result in a change in presentation on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.  In addition, the Company has elected to continue to estimate forfeitures at each grant.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company has reviewed accounting pronouncements and interpretations thereof that have effective dates during the periods reported and in future periods. The Company believes that the following impending standards may have an impact on its future filings.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which amends the accounting guidance on revenue recognition. The amendments in this ASU are intended to provide a framework for addressing revenue issues, improve comparability of revenue recognition practices, and improve disclosure requirements. This ASU sets forth a five-step model for determining when and how revenue is recognized. Under the model, an entity will be required to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount reflecting the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The amendments in this accounting standard update are effective for interim and annual and interimreporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016,2017. The standard can be adopted either retrospectively to each reporting period presented or as a cumulative effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. To assess the impact of ASU 2014-09, the Company reviewed its current accounting policies and should be applied prospectivelypractices, identified all material revenue streams, assessed the impact of the ASU on its material revenue streams and identified potential differences with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. current policies and practices.

The Company does not expectplans to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, with no significant impact, using the modified retrospective approach. Generally, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied the same day that contracts with customers are initiated. As such, the adoption of this pronouncement tothe new standard will not have a material impact on its the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, business processes, controls or systems, but the Company expects to have enhanced disclosures related to disaggregation of revenue sources and accounting policies..

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),.whichThis ASU is a comprehensive new leases standard that amends various aspects of existing guidance for leases and requires additional disclosures about leasing arrangements. It will require an entitylessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheetfor most leases, including those leases previously classified as operating leases under current GAAP. The ASU retains a distinction between finance leases and will increase disclosure requirements on its leasing arrangements.operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous leases guidance. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, andincluding interim periods therein.  Earlywithin those years; earlier adoption is permitted. InWhile there is an exposure draft to amend Topic 842 to provide entities with an additional transition method, presently the financial statementsCompany would be required to adopt this ASU using the modified retrospective approach.  

The Company has selected its leasing software solution and is in which the ASU is first applied, leases shall be measuredprocess of identifying changes to its business processes, systems and recognized at the beginningcontrols to support adoption of the earliest comparative period presented with an adjustment to equity.new standard in fiscal 2019. The Company is evaluating the impact that the new standard will have on the consolidated financial statements. While the Company is still evaluatingin the process of quantifying the impact, this pronouncement will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements, the Companyit expects the adoption of this pronouncement will havethe new standard to result in a material impact ongross-up of its Consolidated Financial Statements.Balance Sheets as a result of recognizing lease liabilities and right of use assets.  

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-04, “Liabilities—Extinguishments of Liabilities: Recognition of Breakage for Certain Prepaid Stored-Value Products,” which amends exempting gift cards and other prepaid stored-value products from the guidance on extinguishing financial liabilities. Rather, they will be subject to breakage accounting consistent with the new revenue guidance in Topic 606. However, the exemption only applies to breakage liabilities that are not subject to unclaimed property laws or that are attached to segregated bank accounts (e.g., consumer debit cards).  The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-04 in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 and does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) - Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” which reduces the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows under Topic 230.  The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017,


and interim periods within those fiscal years.  The Company will adopt ASU 2016-15 in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 and does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other Than Inventory,” which reduces the existing diversity in practice in how income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory should be recognized. The amendments in ASU 2016-16 require an entity to recognize such income tax consequences when the intra-entity transfer occurs rather than waiting until such time as the asset has been sold to an outside party.  The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  The Company does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.


In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718)”which provides clarity in order to reduce both (1) diversity in practice and (2) cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, to a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt ASU 2017-09 in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 and does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

No other new accounting pronouncements, issued or effective during fiscal 2016,2017, have had or are expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

B. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following at the dates indicated:

 

(in thousands)

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

$

72,440

 

 

$

67,683

 

 

$

75,895

 

 

$

72,440

 

Equipment

 

 

20,453

 

 

 

18,495

 

 

 

21,612

 

 

 

20,453

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

107,470

 

 

 

94,767

 

 

 

117,274

 

 

 

107,470

 

Hardware and software

 

 

76,923

 

 

 

70,393

 

 

 

84,532

 

 

 

76,923

 

Construction in progress

 

 

9,892

 

 

 

10,516

 

 

 

4,981

 

 

 

9,892

 

 

 

287,178

 

 

 

261,854

 

 

 

304,294

 

 

 

287,178

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

162,831

 

 

 

136,892

 

 

 

193,262

 

 

 

162,831

 

Total property and equipment

 

$

124,347

 

 

$

124,962

 

 

$

111,032

 

 

$

124,347

 

 

Depreciation expense related to continuing operations for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 and 2014 was $30.2$30.7 million, $27.7$29.8 million and $22.9$27.7 million, respectively.

C. DEBT OBLIGATIONS

Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A.

On October 30, 2014, the Company amended its credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., effective October 29, 2014, by executing the Second Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (as amended, the “Credit Facility”).

The Credit Facility provides for $125 million in committed borrowings. The Credit Facility includes, pursuant to an accordion feature, the ability to increase the Credit Facility by an additional $50 million upon the request of the Company and the agreement of the lender(s) participating in the increase. The Credit Facility includes a sublimit of $20 million for commercial and standby letters of credit and a sublimit of up to $15 million for swingline loans. The Company’s ability to borrow under the Credit Facility is determined using an availability formula based on eligible assets. The maturity date of the Credit Facility is October 29, 2019. The Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by a lien on substantially all of its assets, excluding (i) a first priority lien held by the lenders of the Term Loan Facility, as described below, on certain equipment of the Company and (ii) intellectual property.

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, the Company had outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility of $44.4$47.6 million, before unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.3$0.2 million. Outstanding standby letters of credit were $2.9$3.3 million and documentary letters of credit were $0.5$1.3 million. Unused excess availability at January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 was $57.1$37.5 million. Average monthly borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility during fiscal 20162017 were $52.1$59.7 million, resulting in an average unused excess availability of approximately $57.8$42.5 million. The Company’s ability to borrow under the Credit Facility is determined using an availability formula based on eligible assets, with increased advance rates based on seasonality. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facility, if the Company’s excess availability under the Credit Facility fails to be equal to or greater than the greater of (i) 10% of the Loan Cap (defined in the Credit Facility as the lesser of the revolving credit commitments at such time or the borrowing base at the relevant measurement time) and (ii) $7.5 million, the Company will be required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 in order to pursue certain transactions, including but not limited to, stock repurchases, payment of dividends and business acquisitions.  

Borrowings made pursuant to the Credit Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the base rate (determined as the highest of (a) Bank of America N.A.’s prime rate, (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or (c) the annual ICE-LIBOR rate (“LIBOR”) for the


respective interest period) plus a varying percentage, based on the Company’s borrowing base, of 0.50%-0.75% for prime-based borrowings and 1.50%-1.75% for LIBOR-based borrowings. The Company is also subject to an unused line fee of 0.25%. At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, the Company’s prime-based interest rate was 4.25%5.00%.


At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, the Company had approximately $36.0$40.0 million of its outstanding borrowings in a LIBOR-based contract with an interest rate of approximately 2.22%2.97%. The LIBOR-based contract expired January 31, 2017.February 6, 2018. When a LIBOR-based borrowing expires, the borrowings revert back to prime-based borrowings unless the Company enters into a new LIBOR-based borrowing arrangement.

The fair value of the amount outstanding under the Credit Facility at January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 approximated the carrying value.

Long-Term Debt

Components of long-term debt are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

Equipment financing notes

 

$

6,589

 

 

$

12,901

 

 

$

501

 

 

$

6,589

 

Term loan, due 2019

 

 

12,750

 

 

 

13,750

 

 

 

11,750

 

 

 

12,750

 

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(337

)

 

 

(493

)

 

 

(190

)

 

 

(337

)

Total long-term debt

 

 

19,002

 

 

 

26,158

 

 

 

12,061

 

 

 

19,002

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

6,941

 

 

 

7,155

 

 

 

1,392

 

 

 

6,941

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

$

12,061

 

 

$

19,003

 

 

$

10,669

 

 

$

12,061

 

 

Equipment Financing Loans

Pursuant to a Master Loan and Security Agreement with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC, dated July 20, 2007 and amended September 30, 2013 (the “Master Agreement”), the Company has entered into twelve equipment security notes (in aggregate, the “Notes”). The Company borrowed an aggregate of $26.4 million between September 2013 and June 2014. The Notes are for a term of 48 months and accrue interest at fixed rates ranging from 3.07% andto 3.50%. Principal and interest are paid monthly, in arrears.

The Notes are secured by a security interest in all of the Company’s rights, title and interest in and to certain equipment. The Company was subject to prepayment penalties through the second anniversary of each of the Notes.  The Company is no longer subject to any prepayment penalties.  The Master Agreement includes default provisions that are customary for financings of this type and are similar and no more restrictive than the Company’s existing Credit Facility.

Term Loan

On October 30, 2014, the Company entered into a term loan agreement with respect to a new $15 million senior secured term loan facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as administrative and collateral agent (the “Term Loan Facility”). The effective date of the Term Loan Facility was October 29, 2014 (the “Effective Date”). The proceeds from the Term Loan Facility were used to repay borrowings under the Credit Facility.

The Term Loan Facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b) the one month LIBOR rate, plus 6.50%. Interest payments are payable on the first business day of each calendar month, and increase by 2% following the occurrence and during the continuance of an “event of default,” as defined in the Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility provides for quarterly principal payments on the first business day of each calendar quarter, which commenced the first business day of January 2015, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $250,000, subject to adjustment, with the balance payable on the termination date.

The Term Loan Facility includes usual and customary mandatory prepayment provisions for transactions of this type that are triggered by the occurrence of certain events. In addition, the amounts advanced under the Term Loan Facility can be optionally prepaid in whole or part. All prepayments areThe Company is no longer subject to an early termination fee in the amount of 1% of the amount prepaid prior to October 29, 2017.  There is noany prepayment penalty after October 29, 2017.  penalties.   

The Term Loan Facility matures on October 29, 2019. It is secured by a first priority lien on certain equipment of the Company, and a second priority lien on substantially all of the remaining assets of the Company, excluding intellectual property.

 


Long-term debt maturities

Annual maturities of long-term debt for the next five fiscal years are as follows:

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Fiscal 2017

 

$

7,088

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

1,501

 

 

$

1,501

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

10,750

 

 

 

10,750

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company paid interest and fees totaling $2.8$3.2 million, $2.8 million and $2.7$2.8 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014,2015, respectively.

 

D. INCOME TAXES

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC Topic 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The accounting regulation requires current recognition of net deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not such net assets will be realized. To the extent that the Company believes its net deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance must be recorded against those assets.

Since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company has maintained a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. While the Company has projected it will return to profitability, generate taxable income and ultimately emerge from a three-year cumulative loss, based on operating results for fiscal 20162017 and the Company’s forecast for fiscal 2017,2018, the Company believes that a full allowance remains appropriate at this time.  Realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets which relate principally to federal net operating loss carryforwards, which expire from 2022 through 2036, is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in the near term.  

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017. The 2017 Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, eliminated the 20-year limit on the carryforward of losses, and resulted in the Company remeasuring its existing deferred tax balances. In addition, the 2017 Tax Act limits the future deductibility of certain items, such as certain compensation and interest expenses, and allows qualifying capital expenditures to be deducted fully in the year of purchase. The Company remeasured deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. Because the Company’s valuation allowance against these deferred assets was also remeasured, there was no impact to the Company’s income tax provision, see the reconciliation table between the statutory and effective income tax rates. The Tax Act will allow for the indefinite carryforward of future net operating losses and will impose an annual limitation on the utilization of future losses, based on 80% of taxable income.

As of January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, for federal income tax purposes, the Company hadhas net operating loss carryforwards of $141.2$141.4 million, for federalwhich will expire from 2022 through 2036 and net operating loss carryforwards of $16.1 million that are not subject to expiration.  For state income tax purposes, and $84.3the Company has $88.6 million for state income tax purposesof net operating losses that are available to offset future taxable income through fiscal year 2036. The Company has alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $2.3 million, which are available to further reduce income taxes over an indefinite period.income.  Additionally, the Company has $0.1 million and $2.2$2.8 million of net operating loss carryforwards related to the Company’s operations in the Hong Kong and Canada, respectively, though both are expected to expire largely unutilized.Canada.

The utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and the realization of tax benefits in future years depends predominantly upon having taxable income. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards which may be used in future years.

Included inAs part of the net operating loss carryforwards for both federal2017 Tax Act, the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) was repealed and statethe Company’s AMT credit of $2.1 million became refundable.  Accordingly, the Company reversed its valuation allowance against the AMT credit, recognized an income tax is approximately $13.3benefit for $2.1 million relating to stock compensation deductions, the tax benefit fromand established a non-current receivable of $2.1 million, which if realized, will be creditedrealized over the next four years.

During 2017, the Company reclassified approximately $2.1 million to additional paid-in capital.accumulated deficit from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) due to intraperiod tax allocations.  Approximately $1.4 million of this pertained to years prior to FY 2017.  

 


The components of the net deferred tax assets as of February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 arewere as follows (in thousands):

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

$

50,399

 

 

$

50,199

 

 

$

38,801

 

 

$

50,399

 

Gain on sale-leaseback

 

 

5,170

 

 

 

5,744

 

 

 

3,036

 

 

 

5,170

 

Accrued Expenses and other

 

 

4,340

 

 

 

5,667

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

 

2,089

 

 

 

4,340

 

Lease accruals

 

 

4,358

 

 

 

4,732

 

 

 

2,322

 

 

 

4,358

 

Goodwill and intangibles

 

 

1,513

 

 

 

3,694

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

1,513

 

Unrecognized loss on pension and pension expense

 

 

3,311

 

 

 

3,379

 

 

 

1,801

 

 

 

3,311

 

Capital loss carryforward

 

 

3,021

 

 

 

3,021

 

 

 

1,996

 

 

 

3,021

 

Inventory reserves

 

 

2,659

 

 

 

2,561

 

 

 

1,539

 

 

 

2,659

 

Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward

 

 

2,292

 

 

 

2,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,292

 

Foreign tax credit carryforward

 

 

901

 

 

 

963

 

 

 

766

 

 

 

901

 

Federal wage tax credit carryforward

 

 

707

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

824

 

 

 

707

 

Unrecognized loss on foreign exchange

 

 

328

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

328

 

State tax credits

 

 

124

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

124

 

Excess of tax over book depreciation/amortization

 

 

(15,192

)

 

 

(19,977

)

 

 

(6,144

)

 

 

(15,192

)

Subtotal

 

$

63,931

 

 

$

63,132

 

 

$

47,663

 

 

$

63,931

 

Valuation allowance (1)

 

 

(63,931

)

 

 

(63,132

)

 

 

(47,663

)

 

 

(63,931

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangibles

 

$

(222

)

 

$

(196

)

 

$

 

 

$

(222

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(222

)

 

$

(196

)

 

$

 

 

$

(222

)

(1)

For fiscal 2017, the Company had total deferred tax assets of $53.8 million, total deferred tax liabilities of $6.1 million and a valuation allowance of $47.7 million.  

For fiscal 2016, the Company had total deferred tax assets of $79.1 million, total deferred tax liabilities of $15.4 million and a valuation allowance of $63.9 million.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations consistsconsisted of the following:

 

 

FISCAL YEARS ENDED

 

 

FISCAL YEARS ENDED

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal and state

 

$

91

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

97

 

 

$

(109

)

 

$

91

 

 

$

104

 

Foreign

 

 

49

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

49

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

(209

)

 

 

140

 

 

 

155

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal and state

 

 

23

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

(2,363

)

 

 

23

 

 

 

94

 

Foreign

 

 

3

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

(2,363

)

 

 

26

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provision (2)

 

$

166

 

 

$

260

 

 

$

243

 

Total provision (benefit)

 

$

(2,572

)

 

$

166

 

 

$

260

 

(2)

There was no provision (benefit) recognized on the loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2014.

 


The following is a reconciliation between the statutory and effective income tax rates in dollars for the provision (benefit) for income tax from continuing operations:tax:

 

 

FISCAL YEARS ENDED

 

 

FISCAL YEARS ENDED

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax at the statutory rate(1)

 

$

(732

)

 

$

(2,852

)

 

$

(3,827

)

 

$

(7,215

)

 

$

(732

)

 

$

(2,852

)

State income and other taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(177

)

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(407

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(177

)

Federal rate change on deferred assets (2)

 

 

22,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal rate change on valuation allowance (2)

 

 

(22,796

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Permanent items

 

 

225

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

563

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

137

 

Change in uncertain tax provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for valuation allowance

 

 

775

 

 

 

3,200

 

 

 

4,034

 

 

 

7,249

 

 

 

775

 

 

 

3,200

 

Refundable AMT credit

 

 

(2,141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(621

)

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(48

)

Provision for income tax from continuing operations

 

$

166

 

 

$

260

 

 

$

243

 

Total provision (benefit)

 

$

(2,572

)

 

$

166

 

 

$

260

 

(1)

The federal income tax at the statutory rate for fiscal 2017 reflects a blended rate of 33.72%, based on the statutory rate decreasing from 35% to 21% on January 1, 2018.

(2)

This represents the federal rate change impact as of the end of fiscal 2017.  The rate change impact on deferred assets and valuation allowance as a result of the 2017 Tax Act was $22.8 million.

As discussed in Note A, the Company’s financial statements reflect the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax positions that the Company has taken or expects to take on a tax return, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position.  The liability for unrecognized tax benefits at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 was approximately $2.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively, and iswas associated with a prior tax position related to exiting the Company’s direct business in Europe during fiscal 2013.  The amount of unrecognized tax benefits has been presented as a reduction in the reported amounts of ourthe Company’s federal and state net operating losses (“NOL”) carryforwards. No penalties or interest have been accrued on this liability because the carryforwards have not yet been utilized.  The reversal of this liability would result in a tax benefit being recognized in the period in which the Company determines the liability is no longer necessary.

The Company made tax payments of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014,2015, respectively.

E. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, the Company was obligated under operating leases covering store and office space, automobiles and certain equipment for future minimum rentals, merchandise purchase obligations and a non-merchandise purchase agreement as follows:

 

 

Total

 

 

Total

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

(in millions)

 

 

(in millions)

 

Fiscal 2017

 

$

69.4

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

62.9

 

 

$

70.1

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

57.6

 

 

 

63.6

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

43.2

 

 

 

59.8

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

41.3

 

 

 

47.5

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

43.5

 

Thereafter

 

 

121.0

 

 

 

90.0

 

 

$

395.4

 

 

$

374.5

 

In addition to future minimum rental payments, many of the store leases include provisions for common area maintenance, mall charges, escalation clauses and additional rents based on a percentage of store sales above designated levels. The store leases are generally 5 to 10 years in length and contain renewal options extending their terms by 5 to 10 years.

Amounts charged to operations for all occupancy costs, automobile and leased equipment expense were $66.0 million, $63.9 million $62.0 million and $56.8$62.0 million for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, and fiscal 2014, respectively.


In fiscal 2006, as part of a sale-leaseback transaction with a subsidiary of Spirit Finance Corp. (“Spirit”), the Company entered into a twenty-year20-year lease agreement (the “Lease Agreement”) for its corporate headquarters and distribution center whereby the Company agreed to lease the property it sold to Spirit back for an annual rent of $4.6 million. The Company realized a gain of approximately $29.3 million on the sale of this property, which has been deferred and is being amortized over the initial 20 years of the related lease agreement. At the end of the initial term, the Company will have the opportunity to extend the Lease Agreement for six additional successive periods of five years. In addition, on February 1, 2011, the fifth anniversary of the Lease Agreement and for every fifth anniversary thereafter, the base rent will be subject to a rent increase not to exceed the lesser of 7% or a percentage based on changes in the Consumer Price Index. The Company’s current annual rent of $5.2 million will be offset each lease year by $1.5 million related to the amortization of this deferred gain. This lease commitment, excluding the impact of the gain, is included in the above table of expected future minimum rentals obligations.


Included in the table above, is a merchandise purchase obligation for which the Company is contractually committed to meet minimum purchases of $10.5 million in fiscal 2017, $11.0$11.5 million in fiscal 2018, and $11.5$10.0 million in fiscal 2019.  2019 and $10.0 million in fiscal 2020.  

 

F. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS

The following is a summary of the Company’s long-term incentive plans.  All equity awards granted under these long-term incentive plans were issued from the Company’s 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan until July 31, 2016 when the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan expired.  As of August 4, 2016, all grants of equity awards are issued under the Company’s stockholder-approved 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan.  See Note G, “Stock Compensation Plans.”

2013-2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan

The 2013-2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2013-2016 LTIP”) was approved in the second quarter of fiscal 2013.  Pursuant to the terms of the 2013-2016 LTIP, on the date of grant, each participant was granted an unearned and unvested award equal in value to four times his/her annual salary multiplied by the applicable long-term incentive program percentage, which is 100% for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, 70% for its senior executives and 50% for other participants in the plan, which the Company refers to as the “Projected Benefit Amount.” Each participant was granted 50% of the Projected Benefit Amount in shares of restricted stock, 25% in stock options and the remaining 25% in cash.

Of the total Projected Benefit Amount, 50% is subject to time-based vesting and 50% is subject to performance-based vesting. The time-vested portion of the award (half of the shares of restricted stock, options and cash) vests in three installments with 20% of the time-vested portion having vested at the end of fiscal 2014, 40% having vested at the end of fiscal 2015 and the remaining 40% vesting at the end of fiscal 2016.

In order for the participants to receive 100% vesting of the performance-based awards, the Company must achieve revenue of at least $600 million and have an operating margin of not less than 8.0% in fiscal 2016.  If the Company did not meet the performance target at the end of fiscal 2016, but the Company was able to achieve revenue equal to or greater than $510 million at the end of fiscal 2016 and the operating margin was not less than 8.0%, then the participants could have received a pro-rata portion of the performance-based award based on minimum sales of $510 million (50% payout) and $600 million (100% payout).  Because the Company did not achieve minimum sales of at least $510 million or operating income of at least 8.0%, all unvested performance-based awards were forfeited, subsequent to year-end.  Because the performance targets were not considered probable during the term of the 2013-2016 LTIP, no compensation expense was recognized through the end of fiscal 2016.  See Note G, “Stock Compensation Plans” for a summary of the equity awards.

The Company incurred total compensation expense (cash and equity) of approximately $9.4 million related to the time-vested awards.  The cost was expensed over forty-four months through January 28, 2017, based on the respective vesting dates, of which $1.1 million was incurred in fiscal 2016.  

2016 Long-Term Incentive Wrap-Around Plan

On November 7, 2014, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors approved theThe 2016 Long-Term Incentive Wrap-Around Plan (the “2016 Wrap”). The 2016 Wrap, which was approved in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, was a supplemental performance-based incentive plan that was only effective if there was no vesting of the performance-based awards under the 2013-2016 LTIP and, as a result, all performance-based awards under that plan are forfeited.  The performance targets under the 2013-2016 LTIP were forfeited. Undernot achieved at the 2016 Wrap, if the target level performance metrics forend of fiscal 2016 were met, participants were eligible to receive a payout equal to 80% ofand accordingly, the dollar value of the performance-based compensation they were eligible to receive under the 2013-2016 LTIP. If the target level performance metrics for fiscal 2016 under the 2016 Wrap were exceeded, the greatest payout that participants were eligible to receive was 100% of the dollar value of the performance-based compensation they were eligible to receive under the 2013-2016 LTIP.Wrap-Around Plan became effective.

The performance target under the 2016 Wrap consisted of two metrics, Sales and EBITDA, with threshold (50%), target (80%) and maximum (100%) payout levels. Each metric was weighted as 50% of the total performance target. However, in order for there to be any payout under either metric, EBITDA for fiscal 2016 must be equal to or greater than the minimum threshold.

The 2016 Wrap also provided for an opportunity to receive additional shares of restricted stock if the performance targets were achieved and the Company’s closing stock price was $6.75 or higher on the day earnings for fiscal 2016 are publicly released. If the Company’sreleased, which was March 20, 2017.  The stock pricedid not achieve a minimum of $6.75, therefore, no additional award was $6.75, the 50% payout in restricted shares would be increased by 20% and if the stock price was $7.25 or higher, the 50% payout in restricted shares would be increased by 30%, with a pro-rata payout between $6.75 and $7.25.earned.


Based on the operating results for fiscal 2016, the Company achieved 50.6% of its EBITDA target.  The minimum threshold for the Sales target was not achieved.  Accordingly, subsequent to year-end,in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved awards totaling $2.3 million, with a grant date of March 20, 2017.  On that date, the Company will grantgranted shares of restricted stock, with a fair value of approximately $1.0 million and cash awards totaling approximately $1.3 million.  All outstanding awards will vestvested on July 28, 2017.

On March 20, 2017, in conjunction with the last daygrant of these restricted stock awards, the second quarter of fiscal 2017.  At January 28, 2017, $1.9Company reclassified $0.9 million of the $2.3 million payout was accrued.  Based onliability accrual from “Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities” to “Additional Paid-in Capital.” See the Company’s closing stock priceConsolidated Statements of $3.30 at January 28, 2017, the Company does not expect that there will be any additional grant of shares for achieving a stock price greater than $6.75 per share at the close of business on the day the Company’s earnings are publicly released.  Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.  

2016-2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan

With the 2013-2016 LTIP and 2016 Wrap expiring at the end of fiscal 2016, onOn March 15, 2016, the Compensation Committee approved the Destination XL Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended February 1, 2017 (the “New LTIP”“LTIP”).

Under the terms of the New LTIP, each year the Compensation Committee will establish performance targets which will cover a two-year performance period (each a “Performance Period”), thereby creating overlapping Performance Periods.  Each participant in the plan will be entitled to receive an award based on that participant’s “Target Cash Value” which is defined as the participant’s annual base salary (on the participant’s effective date) multiplied by his or her long-term incentive program percentage, which is 100% for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, 70% for its senior executives and 25% for other participants in the plan.  Because of the overlapping two-year Performance Periods, theThe Target Cash Value for any award is based on one year of annual salary, as opposed to two years to avoid doubling an award payout in any given fiscal year.salary.


For each participant, 50% of the Target Cash Value is subject to time-based vesting and 50% is subject to performance-based vesting.  The time-vested portion of the award will vestvests in two installments with 50% of the time-vested portion vesting on April 1 following the fiscal year end which marks the end of the applicable Performance Period and 50% vesting on April 1 the succeeding year. The performance-based vesting is subject to the achievement of the performance target(s) for the applicable Performance Period. Any performance award granted will vestvests on August 31 following the end of the applicable Performance Period.  

TheFor the 2016-2017 Performance Period, the Compensation Committee established two performance targets for the 2016-2017 Performance Period under the new LTIP (the “2016-2017 LTIP”), each weighted 50%. The first target iswas EBITDA for fiscal 2017, defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and the second target iswas “DXL Comparable Store Marginal Cash-Over-Cash Return”,Return,” defined as the aggregate of each comparable DXL store’s four-wall cash flow for fiscal 2017 divided by the aggregate capital investment, net of any tenant allowance, for each comparable DXL store.  

For the 2017-2018 Performance Period, the Compensation Committee established two performance targets under the LTIP (the “2017-2018 LTIP”), each weighted 50%.  The first target is Total Company Comparable Sales and will be measured based on a two-year stack, which is the sum of the Total Company Comparable Sales for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018.  The second target is a Modified ROIC, which is defined as Operating Income divided by Invested Capital (Total Debt plus Stockholders’ Equity).

All time-based awards granted under both the 2016-2017 LTIP and 2017-2018 LTIP were in restricted stock units (RSUs). Assuming thatAs of February 3, 2018, the Company achieves the performance target at target levels and all time-vested awards vest, thestock-based compensation expense associated with the time-based awards of $1.9 million and $2.0 million, respectively, for the 2016-2017 LTIP is estimated to be approximately $3.8 million.  Approximately half ofand the compensation expense, or $1.9 million, relates to the time-vested RSUs, which2017-2018 LTIP, is being expensed over thirty-six months, based on the respective vesting dates.  With respect to the performance-based component, RSUs willbased on operating results for fiscal 2017, the Company achieved 54.4% payout of its DXL Comparable Store Marginal Cash-Over-Over-Cash Return target under the 2016-2017 LTIP.  The minimum threshold for the EBITDA target was not achieved.  Accordingly, subsequent to year-end, on March 21, 2018 the Compensation Committee approved the grant of restricted stock unit awards totaling $0.5 million, with a grant date of April 2, 2018.  The awards are subject to further vesting through August 31, 2018. At February 3, 2018, $0.4 million of the $0.5 million performance-based component was accrued.  

Assuming that the Company achieves, at target, the performance targets under the 2017-2018 LTIP, the compensation expense is estimated to be granted atapproximately $2.0 million.  Through the end of the performance period iffiscal 2017, because the performance targets are achieved. Through the end of fiscal 2016, the Company has accrued approximately $0.3 million inwere not deemed probable at February 3, 2018, no compensation expense related tofor the potential payout of performance awardsperformance-based compensation under the 2016-2017 LTIP.2017-2018 LTIP has been recognized through fiscal 2017.

G. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

Through the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company’s 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective as of August 1, 2013, the “2006 Plan”) was the only stockholder approved plan.  The 2006 Plan expired on July 31, 2016.  AtIn the third quarter of fiscal 2016, at the Company’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held August 4, 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved the adoption of the 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2016 Plan”).  

2016 Plan

The initial share reserve under the 2016 Plan is 5,200,000 shares of ourthe Company’s common stock. A grant of a stock option award or stock appreciation right reduces the outstanding reserve on a one-for-one basis.  A grant of a full-value award, including, but not limited to, restricted stock, restricted stock units and deferred stock, reduces the outstanding reserve by a fixed ratio of  1.9 shares for every share granted.  

In addition to the initial share reserve of 5,200,000 shares, the 525,538 shares that remained available under ourthe 2006 Plan were added and became available for issuance under the 2016 Plan on August 4, 2016.  In accordance with the terms of the 2016 Plan, any shares outstanding under the 2006 Plan at August 4, 2016 that subsequently terminate, expire or are canceled for any reason without having been exercised or paid are added back and become available for issuance under the 2016 Plan, with options and stock appreciation


rights being added back on a one-for-one basis and full-value awards being added back on a 1 to1.9 basis.  Accordingly, an additional 588,7963,610,963 shares werehave been added to share availability under the 2016 Plan during fiscalsince August 2016. At January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, the Company had 6,233,8246,536,551 shares available under the 2016 Plan.  

The 2016 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is authorized to make all determinations with respect to amounts and conditions covering awards.  Options are not granted at a price less than fair value on the date of the grant. Except with respect to 5% of the shares available for awards under the 2016 Plan, no award will become exercisable or otherwise forfeitable unless such award has been outstanding for a minimum period of one year from its date of grant.


The following tables summarize the stock option activity and share activity for the Company’s 2006 Plan and 2016 Plan, on a combined basis, during fiscal 2016:2017:

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the plans for fiscal 2016:2017:

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted-average

exercise price

per option

 

 

Weighted-average

remaining

contractual term

 

Aggregate

intrinsic value

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted-average

exercise price

per option

 

 

Weighted-average

remaining

contractual term

 

Aggregate

intrinsic value

 

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding options at beginning of year

 

 

2,728,621

 

 

$

5.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,524,546

 

 

$

4.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

9,004

 

 

$

4.44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

$

1.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options canceled

 

 

(213,079

)

 

$

5.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,358,636

)

 

$

5.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding options at end of year

 

 

2,524,546

 

 

$

4.98

 

 

5.9 years

 

$

11,286

 

 

 

1,195,910

 

 

$

4.80

 

 

4.4 years

 

$

21,750

 

Options exercisable at end of year

 

 

1,464,605

 

 

$

4.91

 

 

5.6 years

 

$

11,286

 

 

 

1,175,910

 

 

$

4.85

 

 

4.4 years

 

$

7,250

 

Vested and expected to vest at end of year

 

 

1,464,605

 

 

$

4.91

 

 

5.6 years

 

$

11,286

 

 

 

1,195,910

 

 

$

4.80

 

 

4.4 years

 

$

21,750

 

There were no exercises of options during fiscal 2016 and the intrinsic value of options exercised during2017 or fiscal 2015 was immaterial.2016.

Non-Vested Share Activity

The following table summarizes activity for non-vested shares under the plans for fiscal 2016:2017:

 

 

Restricted shares

 

 

Restricted Stock Units (1)

 

 

Deferred shares (2)

 

 

Fully-vested

shares (3)

 

 

Total number of shares

 

 

Weighted-average

grant-date

fair value (4)

 

 

Restricted shares

 

 

Restricted Stock Units (1)

 

 

Deferred shares (2)

 

 

Fully-vested

shares (3)

 

 

Total number of shares

 

 

Weighted-average

grant-date

fair value (4)

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding non-vested shares at beginning of

year

 

 

1,320,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,351,730

 

 

$

5.09

 

 

 

856,332

 

 

 

369,828

 

 

 

64,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,291,036

 

 

$

5.09

 

Shares granted

 

 

4,168

 

 

 

440,125

 

 

 

33,289

 

 

 

53,725

 

 

 

531,307

 

 

$

5.06

 

 

 

484,558

 

 

 

838,546

 

 

 

100,554

 

 

 

86,503

 

 

 

1,510,161

 

 

$

2.64

 

Shares vested/issued

 

 

(339,539

)

 

 

(919

)

 

 

 

 

 

(53,725

)

 

 

(394,183

)

 

$

5.05

 

 

 

(447,003

)

 

 

(42,453

)

 

 

(49,973

)

 

 

(86,503

)

 

 

(625,932

)

 

$

2.71

 

Shares canceled

 

 

(128,440

)

 

 

(69,378

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(197,818

)

 

$

5.13

 

 

 

(857,221

)

 

 

(117,369

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(974,590

)

 

$

4.87

 

Outstanding non-vested shares at end of year

 

 

856,332

 

 

 

369,828

 

 

 

64,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,291,036

 

 

$

5.09

 

 

 

36,666

 

 

 

1,048,552

 

 

 

115,457

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,200,675

 

 

$

3.43

 

Vested and expected to vest at end of year

 

 

8,334

 

 

 

314,354

 

 

 

64,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

387,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,666

 

 

 

891,269

 

 

 

115,457

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,043,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

RSUsRestricted Stock Units (“RSU”s) were primarily granted in connection with the time-vested portion of the 2016-20172017-2018 LTIP.  The RSUs will vest in two tranches with the first 50% vesting on April 1, 20182019 and the remaining vesting 50% on April 1, 2019.2020.

(2)

During fiscal 2016, the Company granted 33,289The 100,554 shares of deferred stock, with a fair value of approximately $158,188,$232,064, represent compensation to certain directors as compensation in lieu of cash, in accordance with their irrevocable elections.  The shares of deferred stock vest three years from the date of grant or at separation of service, based on the irrevocable election of each director.

(3)

During fiscal 2016,2017, the Company granted 53,72586,503 shares of stock, with a fair value of approximately $255,561$204,477 to certain directors as compensation in lieu of cash, in accordance with their irrevocable elections.  Since fiscal 2015, directorsDirectors are required to elect 50% of their quarterly retainer in equity.  All shares paid to directors to satisfy this election were issued from the Company’s 2006 Plan through July 31, 2016 and from its 2016 Plan since August 4, 2016.  Any shares in excess of the


minimum required election are issued from the SecondThird Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Stock Purchase Plan (as amended)(the “Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan”).  

(4)

The fair value of a restricted share, deferred share and fully-vested share is equal to the Company’s closing stock price on the date of grant.

Total unrecognized stock compensation of $1.2$1.8 million at January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 20 months.


Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan

In January 2010, the Company established a Non-Employee Director Stock Purchase Plan to provide a convenient method for its non-employee directors to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock at fair market value by voluntarily electing to receive shares of common stock in lieu of cash for service as a director. The substance of this plan is now encompassed within the Company’s SecondThird Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, most recently amended subsequent to year end.Plan.

Beginning in fiscal 2015, the non-employee directors are required to take 50% of their annual retainer, which is paid quarterly, in equity.  Any shares of stock, deferred stock or stock options issued to a director as part of this 50% requirement are issued from our equity incentive plans.the 2016 Plan. Only discretionary elections of equity will be issued from the Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan.

The following shares of common stock, with the respective fair value, were issued to its non-employee directors as compensation for fiscal 2016,2017, fiscal 20152016 and fiscal 2014:2015:

 

 

Number of shares of

common stock issued

 

 

Fair value of

common stock issued

 

 

Number of shares of

common stock issued

 

 

Fair value of

common stock issued

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

42,450

 

 

$

96,856

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

14,509

 

 

$

68,456

 

 

 

14,509

 

 

$

68,456

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

24,947

 

 

$

127,734

 

 

 

24,947

 

 

$

127,734

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

40,910

 

 

$

213,749

 

H. RELATED PARTIES

Seymour Holtzman and Jewelcor Management, Inc.

Seymour Holtzman, the Executive Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), is the chairman, chief executive officer and president and, together with his wife, indirectly, the majority shareholder of Jewelcor Management, Inc. (“JMI”). Mr. Holtzman, who was initially appointed Chairman of the Board in April 2000, is the beneficial holder of approximately 8.8%9.2% of the outstanding common stock of the Company at January 28, 2017.

From October 1999 through August 7, 2014, the Company had an ongoing consulting agreement with JMI to provide the Company with services as may be agreed upon, from time to time, between JMI and the Company (the “Consulting Agreement”). In connection with the execution of the Employment and Chairman Compensation Agreement discussed below, on August 7, 2014, the Company terminated the Consulting Agreement. Prior to the execution of the Employment and Chairman Compensation Agreement and through August 7, 2014, Mr. Holtzman was primarily compensated by the Company for his services pursuant to this Consulting Agreement. Under the terms of the Consulting Agreement at the time of its termination, Mr. Holtzman was entitled to receive annual consulting compensation of $372,750 and a salary of $24,000.  February 3, 2018.

On August 7, 2014, the Company entered into an Employment and Chairman Compensation Agreement (the “Compensation Agreement”) with Mr. Holtzman. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Mr. Holtzman serves as both an employee of the Company, reporting to the Board, and, in his capacity as Chairman of the Board, as Executive Chairman, with the duties of the Chairman of the Board as set forth in the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated By-Laws. The initial term of the agreement was for two years. Commencing August 7, 2015, on each anniversary date, the agreement automatically extends for an additional one-year term. Accordingly, the current expiration date of the agreement is August 7, 2018. As compensation for2019.

Effective May 4, 2017, the employment services,Compensation Agreement was amended to reduce Mr. Holtzman receives anHoltzman’s annual base salary of $24,000 and, as compensation for his services as Executive Chairman from $372,750 to $200,000.  Mr. Holtzman receivescontinues to receive an annual compensationbase salary of $372,750.

John E. Kyees

John Kyees, a director$24,000 for his service as an employee of the Company, since 2010, servedreporting to the Board.  No other changes to the Employment and Chairman Compensation Agreement were made.

Oliver Walsh

Oliver Walsh was elected as a director at the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders on August 3, 2017. On August 17, 2017, Mr. Walsh entered into a temporary consulting agreement with the Company to serve as the Company’s interimInterim Chief FinancialMarketing Officer from February 2, 2014 through May 31, 2014.the Fall and Holiday selling seasons, while the Company searched for a Chief Marketing Officer.  Pursuant to an employmentthe terms of the temporary consulting agreement, Mr. Kyees receivedWalsh was entitled to receive compensation at a rate of $3,000$7,000 per dayweek plus benefits and reimbursement for all business and travel expenses.  Mr. KyeesBecause of the related party relationship, the temporary consulting agreement was also eligible to participate inapproved by the Company’s annual


incentive program for the period in which he served as interim Chief Financial Officer.Audit Committee. The temporary consulting agreement ended on December 18, 2017.  For fiscal 2014,2017, Mr. Kyees earnedWalsh received total compensation frompursuant to the Companytemporary consulting agreement, excluding reimbursement of $389,920 for services he provided as interim Chief Financial Officer.expenses, of $130,400.

 

 

I. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company accounts for its employee benefit plans in accordance with ASC Topic 715 Compensation – Retirement Benefits. ASC Topic 715 requires an employer to: (a) recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a plan’s over-funded status or a liability for a plan’s under-funded status; (b) measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year (with limited exceptions); and (c) recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur.


These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension cost pursuant to the Company’s historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The amortization of the unrecognized loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost in fiscal 20172018 is approximately $788,000.$699,000.

Noncontributory Pension Plan

In connection with the Casual Male acquisition in May 2002, the Company assumed the assets and liabilities of the Casual Male Noncontributory Pension Plan “Casual Male Corp. Retirement Plan”, which was previously known as the J. Baker, Inc. Qualified Plan (the “Pension Plan”). Casual Male Corp. froze all future benefits under this plan on May 1, 1997.

The following table sets forth the Pension Plan’s funded status at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016:2017:

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

in thousands

 

 

in thousands

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

16,845

 

 

$

18,927

 

 

$

16,456

 

 

$

16,845

 

Benefits and expenses paid

 

 

(733

)

 

 

(668

)

 

 

(775

)

 

 

(733

)

Interest costs

 

 

686

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

641

 

 

 

686

 

Settlements

 

 

(346

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(410

)

 

 

(346

)

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

4

 

 

 

(2,027

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

 

372

 

 

 

4

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

16,456

 

 

$

16,845

 

 

$

16,284

 

 

$

16,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

11,969

 

 

$

12,945

 

 

$

11,734

 

 

$

11,969

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

844

 

 

 

(433

)

 

 

1,720

 

 

 

844

 

Employer contributions

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

586

 

 

 

 

Settlements

 

 

(346

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(410

)

 

 

(346

)

Benefits and expenses paid

 

 

(733

)

 

 

(668

)

 

 

(775

)

 

 

(733

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

11,734

 

 

$

11,969

 

 

$

12,855

 

 

$

11,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Funded Status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

16,456

 

 

$

16,845

 

 

$

16,284

 

 

$

16,456

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

11,734

 

 

 

11,969

 

 

 

12,855

 

 

 

11,734

 

Unfunded Status

 

$

(4,722

)

 

$

(4,876

)

 

$

(3,429

)

 

$

(4,722

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Classification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

$

4,722

 

 

$

4,876

 

 

$

3,429

 

 

$

4,722

 

 


Total plan expense and other amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 include the following components:

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

Net pension cost:

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

 

$

686

 

 

$

634

 

 

$

669

 

 

$

641

 

 

$

686

 

 

$

634

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(927

)

 

 

(1,013

)

 

 

(1,002

)

 

 

(813

)

 

 

(927

)

 

 

(1,013

)

Amortization of unrecognized loss

 

 

946

 

 

 

1,026

 

 

 

591

 

 

 

842

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

1,026

 

Net pension cost

 

$

705

 

 

$

647

 

 

$

258

 

 

$

670

 

 

$

705

 

 

$

647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other changes recognized in other comprehensive loss,

before taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized losses at the beginning of the year

 

$

8,139

 

 

$

9,746

 

 

$

6,614

 

 

$

7,280

 

 

$

8,139

 

 

$

9,746

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

 

(705

)

 

 

(647

)

 

 

(258

)

 

 

(670

)

 

 

(705

)

 

 

(647

)

Employer contribution

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

468

 

 

 

586

 

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

Change in plan assets and benefit obligations

 

 

(154

)

 

 

(1,106

)

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

(1,293

)

 

 

(154

)

 

 

(1,106

)

Unrecognized losses at the end of year

 

$

7,280

 

 

$

8,139

 

 

$

9,746

 

 

$

5,903

 

 

$

7,280

 

 

$

8,139

 

The Company’s contribution for fiscal 20172018 is estimated to be approximately $586,000.$628,000.  

Assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 include a discount rate of 3.68% for fiscal 2017 and 4.00% for fiscal 2016 and 4.16% for fiscal 2015.2016. Assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 included a discount rate of 3.68% for fiscal 2017, 4.00% for fiscal 2016 and 4.16% for fiscal 2015 and 3.42% for fiscal 2014.2015.

The expected long-term rate of return for plan assets was assumed to be 7.00% for fiscal 2017 and 8.00% for both fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015.2016. The expected long-term rate of return assumption was developed considering historical and future expectations for returns for each asset class.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The estimated future benefits for the next ten fiscal years are as follows:

 

 

Total

 

 

Total

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

$

804

 

2018

 

 

836

 

 

$

857

 

2019

 

 

867

 

 

 

878

 

2020

 

 

945

 

 

 

936

 

2021

 

 

977

 

 

 

961

 

2022-2026

 

 

5,145

 

2022

 

 

980

 

2023-2027

 

 

5,048

 

 

$

9,574

 

 

$

9,660

 

 


Plan Assets

The fair values of the Company’s noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan assets at the end of fiscal 20162017 and fiscal 2015,2016, by asset category, were as follows:

 

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

(in thousands)

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant Unobservable

Inputs (Level 3)

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted Prices in Active Markets

for Identical

Assets (Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs (Level 2)

 

 

Significant Unobservable

Inputs (Level 3)

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant Unobservable

Inputs (Level 3)

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted Prices in Active Markets

for Identical

Assets (Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs (Level 2)

 

 

Significant Unobservable

Inputs (Level 3)

 

 

Total

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

$

2,645

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,645

 

 

$

6,537

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,537

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,645

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,645

 

Foreign

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

Mutual Funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Equity

 

 

2,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,153

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

4,789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,789

 

 

 

2,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,153

 

International Equity

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

1,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,596

 

 

 

3,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,662

 

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,039

 

Bond

 

 

4,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,418

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

4,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,074

 

 

 

4,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,418

 

Real Estate Investment Trust

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Cash

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

515

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

Total

 

$

11,734

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,734

 

 

$

11,969

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,969

 

 

$

12,855

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,855

 

 

$

11,734

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,734

 

The Company’s target asset allocation for fiscal 20172018 and its asset allocation at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 were as follows, by asset category:

 

 

Target Allocation

 

 

Percentage of plan assets at

 

 

Target Allocation

 

 

Percentage of plan assets at

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

60.0

%

 

 

60.1

%

 

 

71.4

%

 

 

60.0

%

 

 

65.7

%

 

 

60.1

%

Debt securities

 

 

38.0

%

 

 

37.7

%

 

 

24.3

%

 

 

38.0

%

 

 

31.7

%

 

 

37.7

%

Cash

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

2.2

%

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

The target policy is set to maximize returns with consideration to the long-term nature of the obligations and maintaining a lower level of overall volatility through the allocation of fixed income. The asset allocation is reviewed throughout the year for adherence to the target policy and is rebalanced periodically towards the target weights.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

In connection with the Casual Male acquisition, the Company also assumed the liability of the Casual Male Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “SERP”).

 


The following table sets forth the SERP’s funded status at February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016:2017:

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

in thousands

 

 

in thousands

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

670

 

 

$

745

 

 

$

652

 

 

$

670

 

Benefits and expenses paid

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(30

)

Interest costs

 

 

27

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

27

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(70

)

Actuarial gain

 

 

(115

)

 

 

(15

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

652

 

 

$

670

 

 

$

530

 

 

$

652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Employer contributions

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

30

 

Benefits and expenses paid

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(30

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

652

 

 

$

670

 

 

$

530

 

 

$

652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Funded Status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

652

 

 

$

670

 

 

$

530

 

 

$

652

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded Status

 

$

(652

)

 

$

(670

)

 

$

(530

)

 

$

(652

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Classification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

$

652

 

 

$

670

 

 

$

530

 

 

$

652

 

Other changes recognized in other comprehensive loss, before taxes (in thousands):

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

Other changes recognized in other comprehensive loss,

before taxes:

 

in thousands

 

 

in thousands

 

Unrecognized losses at the beginning of the year

 

$

178

 

 

$

256

 

 

$

142

 

 

$

157

 

 

$

178

 

 

$

256

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(34

)

Employer contribution

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

Change in benefit obligations

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(74

)

 

 

115

 

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(74

)

Unrecognized losses at the end of year

 

$

157

 

 

$

178

 

 

$

256

 

 

$

37

 

 

$

157

 

 

$

178

 

Assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 included a discount rate of 3.60% for fiscal 2017 and 4.00% for fiscal 2016 and 4.16% for fiscal 2015.2016. Assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 included a discount rate of 3.60% for fiscal 2017, 4.00% for fiscal 2016 and 4.16% for fiscal 2015 and 3.42% for fiscal 2014.2015.

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has one defined contribution plan, the Destination XL Group, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”).  Under the 401(k) Plan, the Company offers a qualified automatic contribution arrangement (“QACA”) with the Company matching 100% of the first 1% of deferred compensation and 50% of the next 5% (with a maximum contribution of 3.5% of eligible compensation).  As of January 1, 2015, employees who are 21 years of age or older are eligible to make deferrals after 6 months of employment and are eligible to receive a Company match after one year of employment and 1,000 hours.  

The Company recognized $2.3 million, $2.2 million $2.0 million and $1.6$2.0 million of expense under this plan in fiscal 2017, 2016 fiscaland 2015, and fiscal 2014, respectively.

 


J. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Sears Canada

In the second quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company notified Sears Canada of its intent to exit the business and began the process of an orderly wind-down. The Company ceased taking new orders and completed the run-off of operations through a final settlement with Sears during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The loss for fiscal 2014 includes a charge, recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2014, of approximately $0.8 million related primarily to inventory reserves and sales allowances as a result of our decision to exit the business.  The following are the results of operations for fiscal 2014.  There were no results of operations for this discontinued business in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016.  

For the fiscal year ended:

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Sales

 

$

(450

)

Gross margin

 

 

(998

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

(120

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) from income taxes

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

$

(1,118

)

K. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On March 17, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program. Under the stock repurchase program, the Company may repurchase up to $12.0 million of its common stock through open market and privately negotiated transactions during fiscal 2017.

The timing and the amount of any repurchases of common stock will be determined based on the Company’s evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock repurchase program is expected to commence in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and will expire on February 3, 2018, but may be suspended, terminated or modified at any time for any reason. The Company expects to finance the repurchases from operating funds and/or periodic borrowings on its Credit Facility.  Any shares of repurchased common stock will be held as treasury stock.

L. SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

(Certain columns may not foot due to rounding.)

 

 

FIRST

QUARTER

 

 

SECOND

QUARTER

 

 

THIRD

QUARTER

 

 

FOURTH

QUARTER

 

 

FULL

YEAR

 

 

FIRST

QUARTER

 

 

SECOND

QUARTER

 

 

THIRD

QUARTER

 

 

FOURTH

QUARTER

 

 

FULL

YEAR

 

 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

FISCAL YEAR 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

107,629

 

 

$

121,125

 

 

$

103,700

 

 

$

135,522

 

 

$

467,976

 

Gross profit

 

 

48,688

 

 

 

55,817

 

 

 

44,813

 

 

 

61,039

 

 

 

210,357

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(5,234

)

 

 

(2,872

)

 

 

(4,835

)

 

 

(5,100

)

 

 

(18,041

)

Loss before taxes

 

 

(6,036

)

 

 

(3,696

)

 

 

(5,706

)

 

 

(5,960

)

 

 

(21,398

)

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

 

29

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,636

)

 

 

(2,572

)

Net loss

 

$

(6,065

)

 

$

(3,731

)

 

$

(5,706

)

 

$

(3,324

)

 

$

(18,826

)

Loss per share – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

(0.39

)

 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FISCAL YEAR 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

107,891

 

 

$

117,875

 

 

$

101,871

 

 

$

122,646

 

 

$

450,283

 

 

$

107,891

 

 

$

117,875

 

 

$

101,871

 

 

$

122,646

 

 

$

450,283

 

Gross profit

 

 

49,766

 

 

 

54,843

 

 

 

45,238

 

 

 

55,034

 

 

 

204,881

 

 

 

49,766

 

 

 

54,843

 

 

 

45,238

 

 

 

55,034

 

 

 

204,881

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

1,055

 

 

 

1,017

 

 

 

(3,639

)

 

 

2,544

 

 

 

977

 

 

 

1,055

 

 

 

1,017

 

 

 

(3,639

)

 

 

2,544

 

 

 

977

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

271

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

(4,418

)

 

 

1,823

 

 

 

(2,090

)

 

 

271

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

(4,418

)

 

 

1,823

 

 

 

(2,090

)

Income tax provision

 

 

57

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

166

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

214

 

 

$

199

 

 

$

(4,452

)

 

$

1,783

 

 

$

(2,256

)

 

$

214

 

 

$

199

 

 

$

(4,452

)

 

$

1,783

 

 

$

(2,256

)

Earnings (loss) per share – basic and diluted

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

(0.09

)

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

(0.09

)

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

(0.05

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FISCAL YEAR 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

104,405

 

 

$

114,147

 

 

$

99,625

 

 

$

124,044

 

 

$

442,221

 

Gross profit

 

 

48,239

 

 

 

53,883

 

 

 

44,864

 

 

 

56,853

 

 

 

203,839

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

248

 

 

 

(166

)

 

 

(4,626

)

 

 

(546

)

 

 

(5,090

)

Loss before taxes

 

 

(513

)

 

 

(912

)

 

 

(5,409

)

 

 

(1,314

)

 

 

(8,148

)

Income tax provision

 

 

61

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

260

 

Net loss

 

$

(574

)

 

$

(979

)

 

$

(5,472

)

 

$

(1,383

)

 

$

(8,408

)

Earnings (loss) per share – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

(0.02

)

 

$

(0.11

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 


The Company’s fiscal quarters are based on a retail cycle of 13 weeks. Fiscal 2017 was a 53-week year, therefore, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 was a 14-week period.  Historically, and consistent with the retail industry, the Company has experienced seasonal fluctuations as it relates to its operating income and net income. Traditionally, a significant portion of the Company’s operating income and net income is generated in the fourth quarter, as a result of the holiday selling season.

 

K. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On March 23, 2018, the Company announced that David Levin, President and Chief Executive Officer, has informed the board of directors of his plan to retire as President, CEO and director of the Company by the end of 2018.  

In connection with this announcement, the Company and Mr. Levin have entered in a Transition Agreement (“Transition Agreement”) addressing Mr. Levin’s future retirement and related successor issues. The Transition Agreement modifies and supplements certain terms of Mr. Levin’s existing employment agreement with the Company (“Employment Agreement”), which currently provides for an employment term for Mr. Levin running through December 31, 2019.  

Under the terms of the Transition Agreement Mr. Levin will continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer until the earlier of December 31, 2018 or the date that the Company employs a full-time successor Chief Executive Officer (the “Transition Date”).  As of the Transition Date, Mr. Levin will resign and retire as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a Director of the Company. After the Transition Date and through December 31, 2019, Mr. Levin shall remain employed by the Company to perform reasonable transition duties or other consulting activities or projects, unless his employment is terminated as provided for in the Employment Agreement. If the Company employs a new Chief Executive Officer prior to December 31, 2018, Mr. Levin may elect to terminate his employment for “good reason” within ten days and will receive the payments provided for under the Employment Agreement as a result of such separation. Apart from this time period, Mr. Levin has no other opportunity to terminate his employment for “good reason.”

If Mr. Levin remains employed after the Transition Date, he will perform transition duties and projects as requested through December 31, 2019 and continue to receive all compensation otherwise due him under the Employment Agreement. With respect to his ongoing employment through December 31, 2019, payments associated with Mr. Levin’s incentive awards for the fiscal year ending February 2, 2019 will be based on actual performance results and payments associated with his incentive awards for the fiscal year ending February 1, 2020 will be paid at target (regardless of actual performance). If there is a change in control of the Company while Mr. Levin remains employed, payments that would have otherwise been due him through December 31, 2019 shall be paid to him in a lump sum (with a limited gross up). So long as Mr. Levin remains employed through December 31, 2019 the vesting of his outstanding long term incentive awards will be treated based on the retirement provisions of the applicable plans.

 

 


Except as otherwise modified by the Transition Agreement, Mr. Levin remains subject to the provisions of the Employment

Agreement, including various restrictive covenants. The applicable restricted periods associated with those covenants commence on the earlier of December 31, 2018 or when his employment is terminated. Except as addressed in the Transition Agreement, the provisions of the Employment Agreement relating to any termination as a result of disability, death, resignation or with or without cause remain in effect. All payment obligations of the Company remain subject to Mr. Levin executing a general release within thirty days of the execution of the Transition Agreement and again within thirty days of his termination of employment.

Item 9. ChangesChanges in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Management’s Conclusions Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurances with respect to financial statement preparation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the design and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control- Integrated Framework (2013).

Based on management’s assessment and the above mentioned criteria, management determined that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018.

KPMG, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, which appears below.

 

 

 

 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors and Shareholders

of Destination XL Group, Inc.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Destination XL Group, Inc.’s and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Control – Integrated Framework (2013)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Destination XL Group, Inc.’sCommission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 3, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated March 23, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Destination XL Group, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Destination XL Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 28, 2017, and our report dated March 20, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 20, 201723, 2018



Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

 

 

 

 


PART III.

Pursuant to Paragraph G(3) of the General Instructions to Form 10-K, the information required by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) is being incorporated by reference herein from our definitive proxy statement (or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017February 3, 2018 in connection with our 20172018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information with respect to this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement (or amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information with respect to this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement (or amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information with respect to this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement (or amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information with respect to this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement (or amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information with respect to this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement (or amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.February 3, 2018.

 

 

 

 


PART IV.

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

15(a)(1) Financial Statements

The list of consolidated financial statements and notes required by this Item 15(a)(1) is set forth in the “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page 4239 of this Annual Report.

15(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because the required information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules, or because the information required is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

15(a)(3) Exhibits

The list of exhibits required by this Item 15(a)(3) is set forth in the “Index to Exhibits” beginning on page 7573 of this Annual Report.

 

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

Omitted at registrant’s option.

 

 


Index to Exhibits

 

Exhibits

  

 

  

 

 

    3.1

  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (conformed copy incorporating all amendments through February 25, 2013) (included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

*

 

    3.2

  

Fourth Amended and Restated By-Laws (included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 18, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.1

 

 

  10.1

Company’s 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 17, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

10.2

 

Company’s 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 8, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

10.3

 

 

  10.3

Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement for Associates.Associates (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

*

 

10.4

 

 

  10.4

Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement for Associates (pursuant to the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan) (included as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

*

 

10.5

 

 

  10.5

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Associates.Associates (included as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

*

 

10.6

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Associates (pursuant to the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan) (included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

*

 

10.7

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Associates.Associates (included as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

*

 

10.8

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Associates (pursuant to the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan) (included as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  10.9

Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (included as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  10.10

Company’s Third Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan.

  

*†

 

10.9

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors.

*†

10.10

 

 

Company’s Second Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 27, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

  

10.11

  

First Amendment to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan (included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.12

Second Amendment to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan (included as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.13

Third Amendment to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan.

*

10.14

Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 10, 2010, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Revolving Credit Lenders identified therein, the Company, as Borrowers’ Representative, and the Company and CMRG Apparel, LLC, as Borrowers (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on January 7, 2011 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).


10.15

  

 

  10.12

First Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, First Amendment to Amended and Restated Guaranty, First Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement and Termination Agreement dated June 26, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Revolving Credit Lenders identified therein, the Company, as Borrowers’ Representative, and the Company and CMRG Apparel, LLC, as Borrowers (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 23, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

 

10.16

 

 

  10.13

Second Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated October 30, 2014, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Revolving Credit Lenders identified therein, the Company, as Borrowers’ Representative, and the Company and CMRG Apparel, LLC, as Borrowers (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 21, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

**

 

 

10.17

 

 


Exhibits

  10.14

Master Loan and Security Agreement dated July 20, 2007 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 23, 2007 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 


Exhibits

 

 

 

 

10.18  10.15

  

Amendment Number 1 to Master Loan and Security Agreement dated September 30, 2013 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.19

 

 

  10.16

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70003 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated October 1, 2013 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.20

 

 

  10.17

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70004 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated September 30, 2013 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. (included as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.21

 

 

  10.18

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70005 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated September 30, 2013 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. (included as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.22

 

 

  10.19

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70006 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated September 30, 2013 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. (included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.23

 

 

  10.20

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70007 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated December 23, 2013 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.24

 

 

  10.21

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70008 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated December 23, 2013 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.25

 

 

  10.22

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70009 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated December 23, 2013 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26  10.23

 

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70010 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated March 28, 2014 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital LLC (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27  10.24

 

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70011 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated March 28, 2014 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital LLC (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28  10.25

 

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70012 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated March 28, 2014 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital LLC (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29  10.26

 

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70013 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated June 23, 2014 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital LLC (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 26, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30  10.27

 

Equipment Security Note Number 17608-70014 to the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, dated June 23, 2014 between the Company and Banc of America Leasing & Capital LLC (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 26, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).


Exhibits

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31  10.28

 

Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 29, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Company, as Borrowers’ Representative, and the company and CMRG Apparel, LLC, as Borrowers (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 21, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 


**

 

10.32

 

 

  10.29

Employment and Chairman Compensation Agreement, dated August 7, 2014, between the Company and Seymour Holtzman (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

  


Exhibits

 

 

 

 

  10.30

First Amendment to Employment and Chairman Compensation Agreement, dated May 25, 2017, between the Company and Mr. Holtzman (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.33

 

 

  10.31

Revised and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 2009 between the Company and David A. Levin (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2009 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

10.34

 

 

  10.32

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Peter H. Stratton, Jr. dated as of May 29, 2014 (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference)November 27, 2017.

  

*

 

10.35

 

 

  10.33

Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert S. Molloy dated as of January 7, 2010 (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2010 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

10.36

 

 

  10.34

Employment Agreement between the Company and Francis C. Chane dated as of January 8, 2010 (included as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 19, 2010 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

10.37

 

 

  10.35

Employment Agreement between the Company and Kenneth M. Ederle dated as of September 2, 2015 (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 20, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

10.38

 

 

  10.36

Employment Agreement between the Company and Peter E. Schmitz dated as of January 1, 2013 (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 22, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

10.39

 

 

  10.37

Employment Agreement between the Company and Walter E. Sprague dated as of January 8, 2010 (included as Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 19, 2010 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

10.40

 

 

  10.38

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Brian Reaves dated as of November 10, 2014 (included as Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).27, 2017.

  

*

 

10.41

 

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Angela Chan (formerly Chew) dated as of February 1, 2015 (included as Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.42

 

 

  10.39

Employment Agreement between the Company and John F. Cooney dated as of May 17, 2015 (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 27, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

10.43

 

 

  10.40

Employment Agreement between the Company and Mary Luttrell effective as of January 18, 2017 (included as Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  10.41

Employment Agreement between the Company and Anthony J. Gaeta dated as of November 27, 2017.

 

*†

 

10.44

 

  10.42

Employment Agreement between the Company and Sahal S. Laher effective as of January 30, 2017 (included as Exhibit 10.44 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

*

 

10.45

 

 

2013-2016 Destination XL Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan

  10.43

Temporary Consulting Agreement, effective August 14, 2017, between the Company and Oliver Walsh (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2013,on August 23, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

10.46

 

 

  10.44

2016 Destination XL Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Wrap-Around Plan (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 13, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

  


10.47Exhibits

  

 

  10.45

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Company’s 2013-2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 23, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

10.48

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to the Company’s 2013-2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 23, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.49

Company’s Third Amended and Restated Annual Incentive Plan.

*†

10.50

Company’s Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan.

*†


Exhibits

 

 

 

 

  10.46

Company’s Third Amended and Restated Annual Incentive Plan (included as Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.51

 

 

  10.47

Company’s First Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan (included as Exhibit 10.50 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  10.48

Registration Rights Agreement dated November 18, 2003 by and between the Company and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC (included as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on December 9, 2003 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.52

 

 

  10.49

Letter Agreement between the Company and Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C., et al, dated December 6, 2017 (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2017, an incorporated herein by reference).

  10.50

Letter Agreement, dated January 29, 2014, by and between the Company and Red Mountain Capital Partners LLC (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 17, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

  10.51

Contribution Agreement dated January 30, 2006 by and among the Company, Spirit SPE Canton, LLC and Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2006 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.53

 

 

  10.52

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated January 30, 2006 by and between the Company and Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2006 (File No. 001-34219), and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.54

 

 

  10.53

Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2006 by and between the Company and Spirit SPE Canton, LLC (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference).

  

 

 

10.55

 

 

Buying Agency Agreement effective November 16, 2005 by and between Designs Apparel, Inc. and Li & Fung (included as Exhibit 10.47 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

  

21.1

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.Registrant.

  

*

 

23.1

 

 

  23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

  

*

 

31.1

 

 

  31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

  

*

 

31.2

 

 

  31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

  

*

 

32.1

 

 

  32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  

*

 

32.2

 

 

  32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  

*

 

101

 

 

101

The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 28, 2017,February 3, 2018, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

  

*

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a grant of confidential treatment.  

Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

 

 


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

DESTINATION XL GROUP, INC.

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/   DAVID A. LEVIN

 

 

 

 

David A. Levin

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

  

Title

 

Date

 

/s/ DAVID A. LEVIN

 

David A. Levin

  

 

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

 

 

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

/s/ PETER H. STRATTON, JR.

 

Peter H. Stratton, Jr.

  

 

SeniorExecutive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

/s/ JOHN F. COONEY

 

John F. Cooney

 

 

Vice President of Finance, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

/s/ SEYMOUR HOLTZMAN

 

Seymour Holtzman

  

 

Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

March 20, 2017

/s/   ALAN S. BERNIKOW

Alan S. Bernikow

Director

March 20, 2017

/s/   JESSE H. CHOPER

Jesse H. Choper

Director

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

/s/ JOHN E. KYEES

 

John E. Kyees

  

 

Lead Independent Director

 

 

March 20, 201723, 2018

/s/ JACK BOYLE

Jack Boyle

Director

March 23, 2018

 

/s/ WILLEM MESDAG

 

Willem Mesdag

  

 

Director

 

 

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

/s/ WARD K. MOONEY

 

Ward K. Mooney

  

 

Director

 

 

March 20, 2017

/s/   GEORGE T. PORTER, JR.

George T. Porter, Jr.

Director

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

/s/ MITCHELL S. PRESSER

 

Mitchell S. Presser

  

 

Director

 

 

March 20, 201723, 2018

 

/s/ IVY ROSS

 

Ivy Ross

  

 

Director

 

 

March 20, 201723, 2018

/s/ OLIVER WALSH

Oliver Walsh

Director

March 23, 2018

 

 

 

7977